Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Personal Products & Services / CVS Group plc

CVS Group plc

cvsg.l · LSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker cvsg.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Personal Products & Services
Employees 9000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · CVS Group plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Passionate about 
animal care

CVS Group plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 
for the year ended 30 June 2020

Despite the background of ongoing 
COVID-19 uncertainty, we continue to focus 
on what we do best – providing the best 
possible care to our clients and patients.

We want to thank every single colleague 
at CVS for their extraordinary efforts over 
the last few months. The way in which our 
colleagues, across all our business areas, 
have risen to the challenge, whether on 
the frontline, in support services, or those 
of you who agreed to be furloughed, 
is truly humbling. 

Richard Fairman
Chief Executive 
Officer

Ben Jacklin
Chief Operating 
Officer

Robin Alfonso
Chief Financial 
Officer

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

1

The Strategic ReportPassionate about animal care
CVS Group plc is one of the 
leading integrated veterinary 
service providers in the UK, 
the Netherlands and the Republic 
of Ireland, putting its people first.

cvsukltd.co.uk

The Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Highlights

At a glance

54  Board of Directors and Company Secretary

78 

Independent auditor’s report

56  Corporate governance statement

83  Consolidated income statement

3 

4 

6 

8 

Chairman’s statement

61  Audit Committee report

Chief Executive Officer’s statement

63  Nomination Committee report

14  Our market

16  Business model

18  Stakeholder engagement

20  Our strategy

22  Key performance indicators

26  Operational review

34  Financial review

40  Sustainability

42  Principal risks and uncertainties

64  Remuneration Committee report – 

unaudited

The Directors’ Report

74  Directors’ report

77  Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting 

(“SECR”)

2

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

84  Consolidated statement 

of comprehensive income

85  Consolidated and Company statement 

of financial position

86  Consolidated statement of changes in equity

87  Company statement of changes in equity

88  Consolidated and Company statement 

of cash flow

89  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

131  Five-year history – unaudited

132  Contact details and advisors

Highlights

Operational highlights
 > Our focus has been unrelentingly on creating 
a great environment to recruit, motivate and 
ultimately retain our talented people

Financial highlights1
 > Revenue increased by 5.2% from £406.5m to £427.8m 
with strong Group like-for-like2 growth in the first 
eight months of 7.9% and subsequent recovery towards 
the end of the year offsetting the significant reduction 
in revenue streams during the COVID-19 pandemic

 > We continue to invest in our facilities and 

equipment so that we can provide the best clinical 
treatment to our patients

£52.1m to £76.5m on a pre-IFRS 16 basis and 
£94.8m on a post-IFRS 16 basis, which led to net 
debt reducing by £39.9m due to the strong cash 
generated from operations and management 
actions taken to preserve cash

 > Despite the impact of COVID-19, the Group 

 > Leverage fell to 1.14x reflecting the reduction 

delivered pre-IFRS 16 Adjusted EBITDA growth 
of 1.5% from £54.5m to £55.3m

in net debt

 > Profit before tax reduced from £11.7m pre-IFRS 16 

 > Cash generated from operations increased from 

to £9.9m after the impact of IFRS 16

Revenue (£m)

Adjusted EBITDA3 (£m)

Adjusted profit before tax4 (£m)

Adjusted earnings per share5 (p)

Pre-IFRS 16
£427.8m
+5.2%7

427.8

406.5

327.3

£427.8m
+5.2%7
2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

271.8

218.1

£71.0m
+30.3%7
2020

Pre-IFRS 16
£55.3m
+1.5%7

71.0

£38.2m
-7.7%7
2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

54.5

47.6

42.1

32.8

2019

2018

2017

2016

Pre-IFRS 16
£40.1m
-3.1%7

38.2

41.4

36.0

33.5

24.9

42.0p
-10.1%7
2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

Pre-IFRS 16
44.1p
-5.6%7

42.0

46.7

42.4

42.8

32.4

Proposed dividend per share6 (p) 

Cash generated 
from operations (£m)

Profit before tax (£m) 

Basic earnings per share (p) 

£nil
-100.0%7
2020

n/a

Pre-IFRS 16
£nil
-100.0%7

£94.8m
+82.0%7
2020

Pre-IFRS 16
£76.5m
+46.8%7

94.8

£9.9m
-15.4%7
2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

5.5

5.0

4.5

2019

2018

2017

2016

52.1

46.7

37.2

33.6

3.5

2019

2018

2017

2016

Pre-IFRS 16
£11.7m
0.0%7

9.9

11.7

14.1

14.5

9.1

8.1p
-30.2%7
2020

8.1

2019

2018

2017

2016

Pre-IFRS 16
10.0p
-13.8%7

11.6

11.6

16.0

18.5

1.   Adjusted financial measures are defined below and reconciled to the financial 
measures defined by International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) 
on page 83 and 111 (adjusted profit before tax and adjusted earnings 
per share). IFRS 16 has been applied respectively and therefore, years 
2019 and prior are all stated pre the impact of IFRS 16.

4.   Adjusted profit before tax is calculated as profit before amortisation, 

taxation, costs relating to business combinations and exceptional items.

5.   Adjusted earnings per share is calculated as adjusted profit before income 
tax less applicable taxation divided by the weighted average number of 
Ordinary shares in issue in the year.

2.  See definition for like-for-like sales on page 22.

3.   Adjusted EBITDA (earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation) 
is profit before income tax adjusted for interest (net finance expense), depreciation, 
amortisation, costs relating to business combinations, and exceptional items.

 Adjusted EBITDA is used as a financial metric that removes the cost 
of debt, costs relating to depreciation and amortisation and one-off costs 
to get a normalised number that is not distorted by irregular items or 
structural investment.

6.   The dividend per share is £nil as having taken support from government 
and in line with the approach taken by other companies, the Board does 
not intend to recommend payment of a final dividend. 

7.   Percentage increases have been calculated throughout this document 

based on the unrounded values. 

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

3

The Strategic Report 
At a glance

Our purpose is to give the best 
possible care to animals 

Our vision
Our vision is to be the veterinary 
company people most want 
to work for. 

Our key strategic pillars

Our locations
We have a solid geographical spread across the UK 
and a growing presence in the Netherlands and 
the Republic of Ireland.

UK and the Republic of Ireland

1 We recommend and 

provide the best clinical 
care every time

2 We are a great place to 

work and have a career

3 We provide great facilities 

and equipment

4 We take our responsibilities 

seriously

Discover more about our strategy on pages 20 and 21

60 2

37

2

44

71

1

1

44 1

16

1

39

2

123

1

1

25

13

6

The Netherlands

Key

Veterinary Practices (480)
Laboratories (3)
Crematoria (7)

4

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

7
Crematoria

1
On-line 
pharmacy

480
Veterinary 
Practices

3
Laboratories

Revenue share*

86.5%

87+

Veterinary Practices
Our first-opinion and referral practices provide specialist, 
high quality treatment for companion animals, equine and 
farm animals. We provide preventative healthcare either 
as and when required or through our preventative care 
schemes called Healthy Pet Club (“HPC”) and Healthy 
Horse Programme (“HHP”). We also operate buying 
groups, a veterinary consumable business, Vet Direct, 
and a number of own brand medicines and products.

Revenue share*

5+2+6+87+P4.7%

Laboratories
Our Laboratories provide diagnostic services to CVS 
veterinary practices and third parties. We offer an extensive 
range of tests with the ability to tailor specific profiles 
to our customers’ needs. Our pathologists and team of 
experts specialise in a variety of disciplines in all areas of 
the laboratory and their aim is to offer a level of service 
and expertise beyond our customer expectations.

Revenue share*

2+87+6+5+P1.6%

Crematoria
Our crematoria provide pet cremation and clinical 
waste services to our practices, third party practices 
and directly to pet owners. We offer a range of services 
to help our clients in remembering and saying 
goodbye to their pets.

Revenue share*

7+87+2+4+P7.2%

Animed Direct
Our on-line pharmacy and retail business sells 
prescription and non-prescription medicines, pet food 
and other animal related products. We deliver prescription 
and non-prescription medicines, premium pet foods and 
an ever-increasing range of pet care products directly to 
our customers’ doors, saving them time as well as money. 

Discover more about our operations on pages 26 to 33

*  Revenue share before intercompany sales between practices and other divisions.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

5

The Strategic Report2
+
6
+
5
+
P
Chairman’s statement

Delivering our 
vision for the future

Introduction
On behalf of the Board I would like to take this opportunity 
to thank all CVS employees who have worked tirelessly 
throughout the COVID-19 pandemic, often in challenging 
circumstances and with less support than usual. I would also 
like to thank those employees who agreed to be placed on 
furlough. The continued dedication and professionalism of 
our employees has helped to protect the business whilst 
enabling us to provide urgent and emergency care to our 
clients and our patients during this very difficult period. 
Detailed business planning and actions taken have enabled 
our continuing focus on customer experience and patient 
care. These combined factors give the Group a greater 
resilience in the face of previously unseen challenges.

Financial performance
We generated revenue for the year of £427.8m, a 5.2% 
increase over the prior year (2019: £406.5m). This increase 
reflects a focus on our core business and organic growth 
opportunities coupled with robust like-for-like* sales growth 
of 0.7% for the Group as a whole (2019: 5.2%).

Adjusted EBITDA pre-IFRS 16 increased by 1.5% to £55.3m 
(2019: £54.5m) with the strong growth in the first eight months 
of the year partially offset by the initial phase of COVID-19. 
Adjusted EPS pre-IFRS 16 decreased by 5.6% to 44.1p (2019: 46.7p).

Cash generated from operations pre-IFRS 16 increased by 
46.8% to £76.5m (2019: £52.1m) primarily due to the deferral 
of VAT payments to March 2021. Pre-IFRS 16 profit before tax 
remained constant at £11.7m (2019: £11.7m). This reflects an 
increase in exceptional costs mainly from impairment of 
assets and provisions of £4.3m following the decision to close 
33 of our smaller branch sites, representing less than 1% of 
overall Group revenue, which were marginal or loss making, 
partially offset by a reduction in acquisition costs from both 
reduced activity and deferred payments. Basic EPS pre-IFRS 
16 decreased by 13.8% to 10.0p (2019: 11.6p).

CVS finished the year with net debt of £62.1m (2019: £102.0m) 
and leverage of 1.14x (2019: 2.08x).

Culture, values and strategy
Our purpose is to give the best possible care to animals and 
our vision is to be the veterinary company people most want 
to work for. This is supported by our four strategic pillars. 

We emerge strong from 
the initial COVID-19 
pandemic lockdown, 
ready to explore further 
growth opportunities.” 
Richard Connell
Chairman

*  See definition for like-for-like sales on page 22.

6

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Looking after our people
Our vision is to be the veterinary 
company people most want to work 
for and we do that by looking after our 
people. In the year we implemented 
enhanced maternity and adoption pay, 
and signed the “Time to Change” 
Mental Health Pledge. 

During the year under review, considerable work has been 
done in this area through engagement with our employees, 
by management and the Board. Find out more on our strategy 
in the Chief Executive Officer’s Statement on pages 9 and 10. 

CVS now employs 6,758 staff (2019: 6,548) including 
1,859 veterinary surgeons (2019: 1,829) and 2,367 nurses 
(2019: 2,376). 

Our colleagues are at the heart of our business and we are 
committed to investing in their continued development and 
wellbeing. Last year we announced the launch of our new 
wellbeing and mental health awareness programme in support 
of our colleagues with on-site support provided through 
trained mental health workplace champions. In November 
2019 we signed the Time to Change Mental Health Pledge 
in recognition of our commitment in this area. 

One of the key structural issues facing the veterinary profession 
in the UK has been the shortage of vets and nurses. CVS 
continues to take a number of actions and we are encouraged 
by the improvement seen in the vet vacancy rates, averaging 
6.9% for the year to 30 June 2020 (2019: 9.1%). We will continue 
to invest in our people and our existing practices in order to 
position CVS as the employer of choice.

Governance
We are committed to ensuring we have the right balance of skills 
and experience within the Board. During the year we made 
changes to the Board, promoting Richard Fairman to Chief 
Executive Officer in November 2019 replacing Simon Innes. 
Ben Jacklin joined the Board as Chief Operating Officer and 
Robin Alfonso as Chief Financial Officer in November 2019. 

Post year-end we also appointed a new Non-Executive Director, 
Richard Gray, in July 2020.

Directors’ biographies can be read on pages 54 and 55

Shareholder engagement
Prior to COVID-19, the Directors regularly held one to one 
meetings and calls with shareholders. Although the Directors 
temporarily suspended issuing guidance due to COVID-19, 
we continue our regular interactions with shareholders. 

Outlook
CVS operates in a sector with favourable market and 
consumer trends, with pet owners who remain willing to 
spend money on their pets and medical enhancements 
increasing the range of services we can offer.

COVID-19 severely impacted our business in the last quarter 
of this financial year, reducing our revenues. CVS was eligible 
for, and successfully accessed, the Coronavirus Job Retention 
Scheme and placed over half of all employees on furlough. 
CVS also accessed support from taxation authorities in the UK 
and the Netherlands. I am pleased to say that post year-end, 
all of our employees have now returned from furlough leave.

Despite continued uncertainty over Brexit, I am confident 
that CVS is well positioned to avoid significant adverse 
impacts from the UK’s decision to exit the EU. Pharmaceutical 
manufacturers and wholesalers are increasing their stock levels 
in order to reduce the risk of supply shortages and, following 
the acquisition of Vet Direct in 2018, CVS now controls more 
directly its equipment and consumables supplies.

Looking ahead, we welcome the positive environment 
for acquisitions and are well placed to take advantage 
of growth opportunities. 

The pace of growth in the UK economy may be impacted 
by Brexit and COVID-19 uncertainty, but the veterinary sector 
has proven to be resilient in past periods of economic downturn 
and the Board believes that CVS is well-positioned to 
withstand any potential future downturn. 

Dividends
Having taken advantage of government support during the 
COVID-19 pandemic, and in line with the approach taken by 
many other companies, the Board does not intend to 
recommend the payment of a final dividend.

Richard Connell
Chairman
24 September 2020

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

7

The Strategic ReportChief Executive Officer’s statement

Well positioned 
for future growth

Introduction
I am pleased to share our 2020 Annual Report, my first as 
Chief Executive Officer of CVS Group plc. The past financial 
year reflects two distinct periods: the first eight months in 
which we delivered strong financial performance across all 
our business areas; and the final four months in which we 
experienced unprecedented disruption to our business 
as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and the lockdown 
restrictions imposed.

Throughout the past financial year, the dedication, hard work 
and professionalism of all CVS colleagues has enabled us to 
continue to provide the highest levels of veterinary care to 
our clients and our patients. This has been particularly evident 
in the final four months of the financial year with colleagues 
working tirelessly to maintain services, often in challenging 
circumstances and with less support than normal, whilst 
others have supported in a different way through agreeing 
to be placed on furlough. I would like to thank all CVS 
colleagues for their outstanding contribution in the past 
financial year.

Through the efforts of all colleagues and the outstanding 
leadership provided by managers across our business in 
taking timely and, at times, difficult decisions, the Group 
finished the year with revenues recovering to pre-COVID-19 
levels and with leverage reduced. As we enter a new financial 
year, the Group is well positioned to deliver further organic 
growth through the provision of outstanding clinical care, to 
invest in our people and facilities and to consider opportunities 
for additional growth through acquisition. 

Our COVID-19 impact and response
On 23 March 2020, strict lockdown measures were introduced 
by the UK government. The Royal College of Veterinary 
Surgeons (“RCVS”) and the British Veterinary Association 
(“BVA”) immediately issued a joint statement, restricting the 
work of veterinary surgeons to maintaining the food supply 
chain and carrying out urgent and emergency veterinary 
work only in practices. Similar restrictions were introduced 
by government and regulatory bodies in our non-UK territories. 

The Group took swift and decisive action to maintain 
effective social distancing and safe working practices, with 
the primary focus on providing a safe environment for our 
employees and our clients. In line with the temporary 

Throughout the past financial 
year, the dedication, hard work 
and professionalism of all CVS 
colleagues have enabled us to 
continue to provide the highest 
levels of veterinary care to our 
clients and their patients.”
Richard Fairman
Chief Executive Officer

8

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Employee Assistance 
programme (“EAP”)
In association with the work that is done 
by our Wellbeing Champions, we are 
keen to ensure that colleagues are aware 
of the support that is available to them 
both internally and via third-party 
providers such as our Employee 
Assistance Programme (“EAP”).

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

relaxation by the RCVS of remote prescribing rules, we 
launched a new teleconsultation service for clients with 
patients requiring non-urgent/non-emergency services. 
Operationally, action was taken to protect our employees 
and the business, with teams split and shift patterns altered. 
Wherever possible we have promoted working from home. 
We enhanced the level of communication to all employees 
and maintained effective feedback mechanisms for all our 
staff. Individual risk assessments were carried out with local 
site employee consultation, appropriate measures implemented 
and “Staying COVID-19 Secure” posters displayed. In addition, 
appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (“PPE”) was made 
available. Throughout the crisis the health, safety and wellbeing 
of our employees has been our key priority and we continue 
to work collaboratively with our employees to ensure they 
have a safe environment to work in. 

As would be expected, the result of the restrictions was 
a significant reduction in our revenue streams in our small 
animal first opinion practices, our specialist referral centres, 
our associated integrated services and our Equine Division. 
Farm practices were less impacted due to both the requirement 
to protect the food chain and the ambulatory nature of the 
veterinary work. Reflecting the reduced activity levels, we 
took swift action to temporarily close half of our small animal 
practices by number, representing approximately a third of 
our capacity by caseload. During this period we undertook a 
detailed review of all of our practices and made the decision 
not to reopen 33 sites. 

The Group was eligible for, and successfully accessed, the 
Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme (“CJRS”) and placed 
over half of all employees on furlough. CVS also accessed 
support from taxation authorities in the UK and the 
Netherlands in the form of tax payment deferrals, with the 
majority of UK VAT previously due to be paid in April 2020 
deferred until 31 March 2021. Furthermore, the Group took 
action to preserve cash including, but not limited to, the 
reduction of non-essential spend, agreements with major 
suppliers to defer payments and voluntary temporary 
reductions in Director and senior manager salaries.

Our performance
In light of the strong performance in the first eight months 
of the financial year, and the gradual recovery in revenues 
post the initial impact of COVID-19, we delivered revenue 
of £427.8m representing year-on-year growth of 5.2%, and 
adjusted EBITDA pre-IFRS 16 of £55.3m. The Group had 
like-for-like growth for the first eight months of the year of 
7.9%, which reduced to 0.7% for the full year as a result of 
COVID-19. In addition, revenue of £18.3m was generated 
from current year acquisitions and the annualisation 
of prior year acquisitions. 

We continue to see improvements in our leverage, driven 
by our improved cash generation across our operations and 
close control of working capital. Notwithstanding the impact 
of COVID-19, our leverage reduced to 1.14x at June 2020. 
Our improved balance sheet strength provides a strong 
platform for future growth in the coming year.

See our financial review on pages 34 to 39

Strategy
CVS continues to operate an integrated veterinary platform, 
with veterinary practices and specialist referral hospitals at the 
core of our business, supported by a range of complementary 
services from Laboratories, Crematoria, buying groups, 
Vet Direct and Animed Direct. This platform will enable us to 
continue to provide outstanding service to our clients through 
the provision of the best possible care to our patients.

CVS is a people business with our outstanding and dedicated 
Clinical teams and support staff at the core of our strategy. 
We are committed to continue positioning CVS as the 
veterinary company people most want to work for.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

9

The Strategic Report 
Chief Executive Officer’s statement continued

The veterinary company 
people most want to work for

Strategy continued
We will continue to drive organic growth through recommending 
and providing the best possible clinical treatments to our 
clients. We continue to provide industry-leading clinical 
training, with a commitment to evidence-based medicine 
whilst ensuring our clinicians have access to the right 
medicines at the right time. We also operate a robust quality 
improvement framework and were the first corporate to publish 
an annual Quality Improvement Report, evidencing our 
commitment to ensuring continuous learning and development.

We are committed to making CVS a great place to work and 
have a career in the profession. Our integrated model and 
scale provide an opportunity for our staff to have a diverse 
and varied career, whether in clinical roles or in leadership 
positions within the business. We provide flexibility to our 
employees wherever possible and we offer the best 
learning, education and development in the profession.

We continue to invest in our practice facilities and equipment 
with investments made in the year including the relocation of 
our Buttercross veterinary practice and the opening of a shared 
service centre in Wetherby. We are committed to ensuring 
that all our practices meet RCVS Practice Standards Scheme 
(“PSS”) accreditation and are proud that 159 of our practices 
have achieved “outstanding” awards under this scheme. We 
continue to invest in our estate to ensure our facilities meet 
an excellent standard with leading clinical equipment to 
support our commitment to providing the best clinical care. 

Developing our strategy
As a new Executive Board we have developed a new 
strategy with the collaboration of our colleagues. 

Why we are doing this
We are a veterinary professional services business and 
it is the passion and motivation of our employees that 
will deliver future success.

The new strategy builds on the foundations laid 
over the past 20 years of growth which has seen 
CVS develop into an integrated veterinary business. 
The strategy reflects focus on organic growth, 
with a commitment to improve the engagement 
and retention of our staff.

The transition of our strategy
Delivery of high levels of clinical care continues to be 
an important driver in our business. However, consumers 
will judge the experience they have, reflecting on not 
only the clinical care received, but their interaction with 
our people, their ease in accessing our services and 
the standards of our facilities. In light of this we want 
to focus on improving the customer journey.

Our people enhance a customer’s journey and are key 
to our success. Our strategy reflects the need to attract, 
retain and promote the development of our employees. 
We have implemented a number of different measures 
across our business including flexible working initiatives 
and wellbeing support and look forward to implementing 
further measures over the coming years.

Our facilities also drive the customer journey and 
therefore we are committed to reviewing our facilities 
and enhancing these where required.

10

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

We are committed to 
ensure that all our 
practices meet RCVS 
Practice Standard 
Scheme (“PSS”) 
accreditation. 

159
Outstanding 
PSS awards

1

2

We recommend and provide 
the best clinical care every time

We are a great place to work 
and have a career

Strategic objectives
 > We have a culture of recommending the best 

possible treatments to our clients

Strategic objectives
 > We create opportunities for our people to have 

a diverse and rewarding career

 > We deliver industry-leading clinical training

 > We are as flexible as possible in all our roles

 > We are committed to evidence-based medicine 

 > We have the best leaders in our businesses

and have a robust quality improvement framework

 > We ensure our clinicians have access to the right 

medicines at the right time

 > We offer the best learning, education 
and development in the profession

3

4

We provide great facilities 
and equipment

We take our responsibilities 
seriously

Strategic objectives
 > We ensure all our practices meet PSS accreditation 

Strategic objectives
 > We are making our Company as environmentally 

standards and aspire to achieve RCVS awards

sustainable as possible

 > We invest in our estate to ensure all our facilities 

 > We implement the best levels of health and safety 

meet an excellent standard

in the profession

 > We are expanding our network with high 

 > We prioritise the wellbeing of our people

quality facilities

 > We engage with the veterinary profession 

 > We develop new ways to serve our clients 

and support its interests

and our patients

Discover more about our strategy on pages 20 and 21

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

11

The Strategic ReportChief Executive Officer’s statement continued

Taking our 
responsibilities seriously

Sustainability
We take our responsibilities seriously and that extends 
to ensuring CVS is a sustainable business across the areas of 
Environmental Protection, Economic Viability and Social 
Equality. During the year, we have reviewed our sustainability 
strategy and created a new internal Sustainability Group to 
continue to drive the sustainability of CVS. 

See pages 40 and 41 for more information on sustainability

Our stakeholders
We continue to engage with stakeholders across our 
business, maintaining effective communication with our key 
stakeholders. A key focus during the height of the COVID-19 
pandemic was ensuring regular and effective communication 
with our employees, industry bodies and wider stakeholders. 
This focus enabled us to adapt rapidly to changing guidelines.

See pages 18 and 19 for more information on our stakeholders

Outlook
Through the actions taken during the COVID-19 pandemic, 
and the support and professionalism of our colleagues, 
CVS is well positioned to withstand any future Brexit or 
COVID-19 disruption and to deliver future growth.

I look forward to delivering our new strategy and sharing 
further success in the future. 

Richard Fairman
Chief Executive Officer
24 September 2020

Wellbeing and mental health
We are committed to providing support to our colleagues 
in order to promote their positive wellbeing and positive 
mental health, I chair our wellbeing and mental health 
committee, which meets regularly. We have made considerable 
progress over this past year and trained over 243 Mental 
Health Champions who are active at a local level sharing 
mental health awareness initiatives, providing support to 
colleagues and signposting resources. In May we launched 
the “going home” checklist to coincide with Mental Health 
Awareness Week and our working safely initiative which 
landed during the COVID-19 pandemic. This enabled us to 
encourage more awareness of the importance of self-care. 

Read more about this on page 13

SignVideo service
In February 2020, we were delighted to launch our new 
SignVideo service to make it easier for deaf pet owners who 
use British Sign Language (“BSL”) to contact our practices 
and access veterinary advice and facilitate wider pet 
ownership. The new service allows deaf clients who use 
BSL to make telephone calls to CVS veterinary practices 
and attend in-practice consultations using fully qualified 
BSL interpreters via video calls and is shown to markedly 
improve the customer experience.

I would like to take this opportunity to thank Julie Rutter, 
an Animal Nursing Assistant whose enormous efforts 
and outstanding dedication have been instrumental in 
the launch of this new service. Julie gave a compelling 
presentation on deaf access to the CVS Equality, Diversity 
and Inclusion working party in the summer of 2019 and 
presented her proposals at our annual staff conference 
in November 2019.

Julie, a pet owner who has been deaf since birth, explained 
the challenges that deaf people face in day-to-day life 
including the difficulties accessing veterinary services. 
As a result, CVS is the first veterinary group in the UK to 
deliver the SignVideo service at our 449 UK practices.

The service is available in CVS UK small animal, equine, 
farm and referral practices between the hours of 8am 
and 6pm Monday to Friday (excluding bank holidays).

12

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

CVS continues to support 
the wellbeing of colleagues 
The wellbeing of our colleagues has always been of great 
importance to CVS. Last year we committed to make it a 
primary focus for the business and we have taken a number 
of steps towards normalising rather than stigmatising 
mental health as a topic for discussion within our business.

Wellbeing Working Group (“WWG”)
The creation of our WWG has facilitated a structured and 
documented approach to addressing this wide-reaching 
subject. CEO Richard Fairman chairs the group which 
has members with different personal and professional 
backgrounds. This ensures we bring diverse inputs and 
secure top-down support to underpin initiatives. 

Time to Change pledge
We signed the “Time to Change” pledge in November 2019. 
This public declaration of our desire for change was a 
clear message to our colleagues of our intention to make 
changes to improve the support we offer colleagues to 
improve their mental health.

We supported the “Time to Talk” initiative throughout the 
group in February 2020 where many teams held local 
events to socialise and talk about mental health. Teams 
were encouraged to continue to do this during the year 
and via appropriate means during the lockdown period.

Wellbeing Champions
We trained over 243 colleagues to become voluntary 
Wellbeing Champions and First Aiders for Mental Health. 
They are active at a local level sharing mental health 
awareness initiatives, providing support to colleagues and 
signposting resources. We continue to keep our Champions 
engaged through regular group contact, newsletters as 
well as further continued professional development.

Signposting services and Employee 
Assistance Programme
In association with the work that is done by our Wellbeing 
Champions, we are keen to ensure that colleagues are 
aware of the support that is available to them both 
internally and via third-party providers such as our 
Employee Assistance Programme (“EAP”).

Our EAP provides a free to access confidential helpline 
24/7, 365 days a year. It also has a comprehensive online 
offering that can support colleagues through a number 
of structured self-help programmes that deal with 
personal, emotional and physical topics.

We regularly signpost support services for our colleagues 
via a number of internal channels including our intranet, our 
regular company magazine and our quarterly briefs. As a 
result, our overall usage of the EAP during the year has 
increased significantly. In particular, the EAP’s online 
wellbeing portal has seen its number of log-ins by CVS 
employees treble.

“Going home” checklist 
In May we launched the “going home” checklist to coincide 
with Mental Health Awareness Week and our working 
safely initiative which fell during the COVID-19 pandemic. 
This enabled us to encourage more awareness of the 
importance of self-care. 

Looking ahead
Further investment is also being made in our colleagues’ 
continued wellbeing as follows:

 > Face to face mental health and stress management 

training for managers has been postponed in the year 
due to the COVID-19 pandemic, but we plan to pilot 
a virtual version of this training in autumn 2020.

 > We will be offering our colleagues lifetime access to be 
mindful, the NHS-approved online mindfulness course.

 > We will be working with Dr Nadine Hamilton, psychologist 
and author of “Coping with Stress and Burnout as a 
Veterinarian”, and providing copies of her book and 
a free webinar to colleagues.

 > We have appointed Sally Gunnell OBE as an ambassador 
for wellbeing, to help our colleagues engage with the 
various wellbeing materials and initiatives.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

13

The Strategic ReportOur market

The UK veterinary market 
continues to grow

Market drivers and responses

A consistent 
UK small 
animal 
population
 > The UK continues to 
offer a stable market 
for pets with over 
40% (PFMA 2019) of 
households owning 
a pet. 

Our approach
 > We continue to 

expand our network 
of high quality facilities, 
accessible across the 
UK, the Netherlands 
and the ROI, catering 
for various animal 
species. 

Advances in 
veterinary care 

 > Continued scientific 
research leads to 
further advances in 
veterinary care offering 
pet owners a variety of 
treatments for their 
animals. Improvements 
in technology have 
advanced the offering 
of telemedicine and 
remote specialist 
diagnostic review. 

Our approach
 > We continue to invest in 
our clinicians, offering 
them industry-leading 
clinical training, and 
have the culture of 
recommending the 
best possible treatment 
to our clients. We have 
launched our Vet Oracle 
Teleneurology and 
Teleradiology 
specialists to aid the 
recommendation of the 
best possible treatment 
for our clients as well as 
offering telemedicine 
appointments during 
the COVID-19 period. 

Pet populations

PFMA* 2019
9.0m
Dogs

7.5m
Cats

Insurance penetration
25.5%
Dogs

13.3%
Cats

CVS patients
0.7m
7.7% of dog 
population

0.3m
4.0% of cat 
population

*  Pet Food Manufacturers Association (“PFMA”).

Link to strategy
Read more on pages 20 to 21

Link to strategy
Read more on pages 20 to 21

1

2

3

4

1

4

14

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
c10.0%
Estimated growth 
in UK veterinary 
services 

(Euromonitor International, 
December 2019)

£5.0bn+
Estimated UK 
veterinary service 
market in 2019

(Euromonitor International, 
December 2019)

On-line 
purchasing 

Consolidated 
market 

Humanisation 
of pets 

Availability 
of vets to 
perform 
services
 > In July 2019, veterinary 

surgeons returned to the 
UK Government Shortage 
Occupation List (“SOL”), 
acknowledging that there 
is currently a shortage 
of veterinary surgeons. 

 > Increasingly our 
customers are 
switching to shopping 
on-line for convenience 
and to obtain the most 
competitive price. 

Our approach
 > We continue to put 
our people first with 
our vision to become 
the veterinary company 
people most want 
to work for, and with 
the aim of attracting 
new employees 
and retaining our 
talented employees.

Our approach
 > We continue to explore 
opportunities within 
our on-line platform, 
increasing our on-line 
capabilities and 
ensuring we have 
sustainable competitive 
pricing. We have 
invested in a new 
warehouse 
management system to 
improve the efficiency 
of our order fulfilment. 

 > The UK and European 
veterinary market 
continues to consolidate 
and c50% of the small 
animal UK market is 
now owned by the six 
largest corporates.

https://www.
lincolninternational.
com/perspectives/
global-veterinary-
services-market-on-
cloud-canine/

Our approach
 > We continue to invest 

in our integrated model 
and support organic 
and selective 
acquisitive growth. 

 > Pet owners on average 

spend a minimum 
of £70 per month on 
their pets. Increasingly, 
our pets become 
family members in our 
households, meaning 
pet owners are willing 
to spend more on top 
quality care for their 
loved family members. 

www.pdsa.org.uk/
media/7420/2019-
paw-report_
downloadable.pdf 

Our approach
 > We continue to have a 
culture of high quality 
care and with our 
integrated structure we 
can provide all-round 
animal care from 
referrals, diagnostic 
testing, accessories 
and consumables to 
end of life crematoria.

Link to strategy
Read more on pages 20 to 21

Link to strategy
Read more on pages 20 to 21

Link to strategy
Read more on pages 20 to 21

Link to strategy
Read more on pages 20 to 21

1

2

4
3

4

1

3

4

3

4

1

2

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

15

The Strategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business model

Competitive advantage through 
our integrated veterinary platform

Our inputs

Integrated veterinary platform

Passionate people
We employ dedicated and trained 
professionals who are committed 
to excellent clinical care.
6,758 
Employees
6.9%
Vet vacancy rate
3.9%
Nurse vacancy rate

Financial strength
We continue to deliver growth in revenues, 
adjusted EBITDA and operating cash flow.
£427.8m
Revenue
£55.3m
Pre-IFRS 16 adjusted EBITDA

High quality clinical care
All of our practices are registered with the 
RCVS Practice Standards Scheme and are 
committed to investing in and using modern 
diagnostic techniques. We invest in clinical 
training and advanced qualifications.
90
Veterinary diploma holders

Customer focused
Our staff are dedicated to providing 
a quality service with the highest levels of 
customer and clinical care.
415,000
Healthy Pet Club members
78.5
Net promoter score

Scale 
benefits

16

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Referral 
expertise

Resilient 
sector

d Direct
et pro

iP
M

e
im
n
A

M

i

P

e

t

I

n

s

H

H

P

u

r

a

n

ce

L a b oratories

u c t s

d

Refe

r

r

C

r

e

m

a

t

o

r

a

l

Experienced 
leadership 
team

s

i

a

H P C

t
c

Vet Dire

First 
opinion

VetSha r e

Barriers 
to entry

Clinical 
excellence

 
Stakeholder value creation 

>  Favourable market 

and customer trends

>  Year-on-year growth 
in key operational 
performance measures

>  Multiple future organic 
growth opportunities

>  Strong free cash flow to continue 
investing in people, specialists, 
facilities and clinical excellence

>  Selective acquisitions where 

strategically compelling

Employees
Development of our staff and of our clinical and non-clinical 
training continues to be a priority. We continue to develop 
our internal training programmes, both clinical and 
managerial, and believe this benefits our customers, 
our staff and the business.

Customers
We aim to meet all our customers’ needs and with an 
increased focus on both our first opinion and referral 
practices, we are able to offer our clients and patients 
an increasing level of clinical care.

Shareholders
We continue to focus on the creation of shareholder value.

Industry bodies
We continue to work with our Industry bodies; this has 
been a key objective over the COVID-19 outbreak. 

Community
Our nominated charity of the year for 2020 is The 
Cinnamon Trust. We encourage our practices to engage 
with the community to support both our nominated 
charities of the year and local charities, which helps foster 
relationships between us and the local communities.

Suppliers
We aim to foster successful long-term relationships 
with our key suppliers built on a foundation of trust.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

17

The Strategic ReportStakeholder engagement

Responding to stakeholders’ needs 
under s.172 Companies Act 2006

Why we 
engage

How we 
engage

Employees
CVS proudly strives to be 
the veterinary company 
that people most want to work 
for. By engaging with our 
employees, we can understand 
their motivations and work with 
them to maximise employee 
engagement and welfare. 

Customers
Customers are increasingly 
demanding the highest quality 
care for their animals. We 
provide this not only through 
the customer experience but 
also through our high clinical 
standards and facilities. 

Shareholders
Following the appointment 
of our new Executive Directors in 
November 2019, we have actively 
engaged with our shareholders, 
sharing our investment case and 
communicating our future plans.

B

E

B

F

C

E

We regularly communicate with 
our customers through a variety 
of media such as social media, 
email and direct mail, promoting 
animal wellbeing in addition to 
discounts and benefits. 

We engage with our employees 
in a number of ways, from weekly 
updates to our annual conference. 
In normal circumstances, a 
Non-Executive Director regularly 
meets with employees to 
discuss key matters. We have 
also launched our employee 
net promoter score so we can 
actively monitor our employee 
satisfaction and engagement. 

We engage with our shareholders 
through our Annual General Meeting 
(“AGM”), conference calls, meetings 
and investor roadshows. Individual 
shareholders are encouraged to 
contact Directors on all matters 
relating to governance and strategy 
via the Company Secretary. At the 
AGM 100.0% of resolutions were 
passed and votes in favour ranged 
from 100.0% to 84.4%.

B

E

E

F

C

E

Outcomes Our focus is continuing to 
provide our employees with the 
flexibility and support they 
need to develop their careers. 
We proudly signed the Time to 
Change Pledge at our 2019 
annual conference and 
promote this within our values. 
We have also listened 
to our colleagues and 
implemented enhanced 
maternity pay in 2019.

We have grown our Healthy Pet 
Club membership to 415,000 
members and our unique 
customers to 454,000 for our 
online Animed business. We 
continue to invest to ensure 
we can offer our customers 
complete pet care service, 
from first opinion clinics 
and referral centres, to pet 
consumables, in-house 
laboratory testing 
and crematoria.

We have ongoing positive dialogue 
with our shareholders and value 
their feedback, which is discussed 
at Board meetings. We keep the 
investor section of our website up 
to date to provide timely updates 
about CVS and its activities. We 
manage our business in accordance 
with good business practice, for 
example the decision to close 
33 sites (see page 6). 

A

B

E

A

E

F

A

C

E

On the basis of the above, the members of the Board consider both individually and together, that they have acted in the way 
they consider, in good faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the Company for the benefit of its members as a 
whole having regard to the shareholders and matters set out in S172(1) (a–f) of the Companies Act 2006 in the decisions taken 
during the year ended 30 June 2020. 

18

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Industry bodies

Community

Suppliers

We actively engage with our industry 

We regularly engage with the 

bodies, including the RCVS, BVA and 

community to understand how 

We engage with our suppliers to 

deliver ongoing benefits to our 

British Veterinary Nurses Association 

we can support the communities 

businesses, collaboratively finding 

(“BVNA”), to promote innovation and 

we work in. 

improvements and delivering 

improved value. 

advancement within the veterinary 

industry. This helps us to maintain 

a reputation for high standards of 

business conduct.

We hold meetings with the RCVS, BVA, 

Our charity of the year, chosen by 

We have a stable supplier base in 

BVNA and Veterinary Defence Society 

our employees, is The Cinnamon Trust. 

our wholesalers and manufacturers, 

to discuss key issues and share 

Throughout the year we hold regular 

regularly communicating with them 

initiatives and improvements across 

fundraising events from bake sales 

to promote our relationship. Our 

the industry. In December 2019 we 

to Group-wide promoted events. 

suppliers are invited to attend our 

released our second Quality 

Our local practices also engage 

annual conference to understand our 

Improvement Report, updating our 

within the community, providing 

business and engage with other key 

employees on clinical guidance from 

key care to animals for a number 

stakeholders and ask any questions 

the industry.

of smaller charities.

they may have. 

We engage with our industry bodies 

By engaging with our communities 

We are proud to have long-term 

over a wide range of issues, including 

we enhance the environment in 

relationships with our wholesalers and 

over the COVID-19 pandemic we have 

which we work, promote employment 

manufacturers. We have identified 

provided our vets with the resource to 

satisfaction in our operations and 

areas to improve our environmental 

interpret and follow the BVA and RCVS 

keep our communities informed. 

impact, reducing the use of packaging 

guidance. We have also recently worked 

This provides long-term benefits to 

whilst still maintaining the highest 

with the BVA to lobby the government 

our Group.

to add veterinary surgeons to the 

Shortage Occupation List. 

standards, and we will take this 

forward into future years. We have 

implemented energy saving 

measures, as described in the 

Directors’ Report, which will have 

long-term benefits to the Group.

 
Why we 

engage

Employees

Customers

Shareholders

CVS proudly strives to be 

the veterinary company 

Customers are increasingly 

Following the appointment 

demanding the highest quality 

of our new Executive Directors in 

that people most want to work 

care for their animals. We 

November 2019, we have actively 

for. By engaging with our 

provide this not only through 

engaged with our shareholders, 

employees, we can understand 

the customer experience but 

sharing our investment case and 

their motivations and work with 

also through our high clinical 

communicating our future plans.

them to maximise employee 

standards and facilities. 

engagement and welfare. 

How we 

engage

We engage with our employees 

We regularly communicate with 

We engage with our shareholders 

in a number of ways, from weekly 

our customers through a variety 

through our Annual General Meeting 

updates to our annual conference. 

of media such as social media, 

(“AGM”), conference calls, meetings 

In normal circumstances, a 

email and direct mail, promoting 

and investor roadshows. Individual 

Non-Executive Director regularly 

animal wellbeing in addition to 

shareholders are encouraged to 

meets with employees to 

discounts and benefits. 

discuss key matters. We have 

also launched our employee 

net promoter score so we can 

actively monitor our employee 

satisfaction and engagement. 

contact Directors on all matters 

relating to governance and strategy 

via the Company Secretary. At the 

AGM 100.0% of resolutions were 

passed and votes in favour ranged 

from 100.0% to 84.4%.

Outcomes Our focus is continuing to 

We have grown our Healthy Pet 

We have ongoing positive dialogue 

provide our employees with the 

Club membership to 415,000 

with our shareholders and value 

flexibility and support they 

members and our unique 

their feedback, which is discussed 

need to develop their careers. 

customers to 454,000 for our 

at Board meetings. We keep the 

We proudly signed the Time to 

online Animed business. We 

investor section of our website up 

Change Pledge at our 2019 

annual conference and 

continue to invest to ensure 

we can offer our customers 

to date to provide timely updates 

about CVS and its activities. We 

promote this within our values. 

complete pet care service, 

manage our business in accordance 

We have also listened 

to our colleagues and 

implemented enhanced 

maternity pay in 2019.

from first opinion clinics 

with good business practice, for 

and referral centres, to pet 

example the decision to close 

consumables, in-house 

33 sites (see page 6). 

laboratory testing 

and crematoria.

This is an overview of how the Directors performed their duty to promote the success of the Company under section 172 
of the Companies Act 2006. The Company’s purpose, vision and strategy is underpinned by the principles described in 
the table below. These examples, as referenced in the matrix according to the alphabetical designation below, illustrate 
how the Directors have fulfilled their duties during the year under review with regard (amongst other matters) to:

A   the likely consequences of any decisions in the long term;
B   the interests of the Company’s employees;
C   the need to foster the Company’s business relationships with suppliers, customers and others;
D   the impact of the Company’s operations on the community and environment;
E   the desirability of the Company maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct; and
F   the need to act fairly as between shareholders of the Company.

Industry bodies
We actively engage with our industry 
bodies, including the RCVS, BVA and 
British Veterinary Nurses Association 
(“BVNA”), to promote innovation and 
advancement within the veterinary 
industry. This helps us to maintain 
a reputation for high standards of 
business conduct.

Community
We regularly engage with the 
community to understand how 
we can support the communities 
we work in. 

Suppliers
We engage with our suppliers to 
deliver ongoing benefits to our 
businesses, collaboratively finding 
improvements and delivering 
improved value. 

C

E

C

D

E

C

E

We hold meetings with the RCVS, BVA, 
BVNA and Veterinary Defence Society 
to discuss key issues and share 
initiatives and improvements across 
the industry. In December 2019 we 
released our second Quality 
Improvement Report, updating our 
employees on clinical guidance from 
the industry.

Our charity of the year, chosen by 
our employees, is The Cinnamon Trust. 
Throughout the year we hold regular 
fundraising events from bake sales 
to Group-wide promoted events. 
Our local practices also engage 
within the community, providing 
key care to animals for a number 
of smaller charities.

We have a stable supplier base in 
our wholesalers and manufacturers, 
regularly communicating with them 
to promote our relationship. Our 
suppliers are invited to attend our 
annual conference to understand our 
business and engage with other key 
stakeholders and ask any questions 
they may have. 

C

E

C

D

E

C

E

We engage with our industry bodies 
over a wide range of issues, including 
over the COVID-19 pandemic we have 
provided our vets with the resource to 
interpret and follow the BVA and RCVS 
guidance. We have also recently worked 
with the BVA to lobby the government 
to add veterinary surgeons to the 
Shortage Occupation List. 

By engaging with our communities 
we enhance the environment in 
which we work, promote employment 
satisfaction in our operations and 
keep our communities informed. 
This provides long-term benefits to 
our Group.

We are proud to have long-term 
relationships with our wholesalers and 
manufacturers. We have identified 
areas to improve our environmental 
impact, reducing the use of packaging 
whilst still maintaining the highest 
standards, and we will take this 
forward into future years. We have 
implemented energy saving 
measures, as described in the 
Directors’ Report, which will have 
long-term benefits to the Group.

A

C

E

A

C

D

E

A

C

D

E

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

19

The Strategic Report 
Our strategy

Progressing towards our goals
1

2

We recommend and provide 
the best clinical care every time

We are a great place to 
work and have a career

Strategic objectives
 > We have a culture of recommending the best possible 

Strategic objectives
 >  We create opportunities for our people to have a diverse 

treatments to our clients.

and rewarding career.

 > We deliver industry-leading clinical training.

 > We are as flexible as possible in all our roles.

 > We are committed to evidence-based medicine and have 

 > We have the best leaders in our businesses.

a robust quality improvement framework.

 > We offer the best learning, education and development 

 > We ensure our clinicians have access to the right 

in the profession.

medicines at the right time.

Our achievements in the year
 > We have designed and delivered a “Quality Improvement” 

dashboard to our clinics to allow them to monitor key clinical 
performance indicators and to facilitate clinical audit.

 > We have created a national team of experienced clinical 
leaders (“Hub Clinical Leads”) to drive best practice and 
quality improvement, and to mentor and upskill our vets.

 > We have initiated a rollout programme of training and 

equipment for laparoscopic (“keyhole”) surgery including 
routine canine ovariohysterectomy (“spay”).

 > Funded by Biotechnology and Biological Sciences Research 
(“BBSRC”), we have partnered with the University of Liverpool’s 
“Small Animal Veterinary Surveillance Network” (SAVSNet) 
on a randomised controlled trial to demonstrate success 
with strategies for driving responsible use of antimicrobials.

 > During the COVID-19 lockdown, our veterinary specialists 
delivered over 50 educational webinars to our GP vets 
to provide continuing professional development.

Outlook
 > We are expanding our network of Hub Clinical Leads to 

further enhance the support and guidance we offer in practice.

 > We have further refined our suite of KPIs to help us further deliver 
our purpose of providing the best possible care to animals.

 > We continue to work closely with RCVS Knowledge on 

implementing new processes around quality improvement 
within CVS and across the profession.

 > We are working towards direct supply of medications to our 
practices, to maximise our control over the supply chain 
and ensure our clinicians have the right medicines, on time, 
all the time.

Our achievements in the year
 > During the year, we reduced our vet vacancy rate to 6.9% 

from 9.1% and nurse vacancy rate to 3.9% from 4.4%. 

 > Employee net promoter score (“eNPS”) was launched 

to track our employee engagement monthly across our 
business areas, and has become an important KPI across 
the business. Read more about this on page 25.

 > During the year we became the first large veterinary group 
in the UK to offer enhanced maternity leave, ensuring we 
are best placed to offer our people a long, flexible and 
fulfilling career at CVS. 

 > In November 2019, we launched the CVS Knowledge Hub, 

which is an online learning platform to support all our 
colleagues in their growth and development.

Outlook
 > Attracting and retaining our clinicians is a key priority 
of CVS and we therefore look forward to developing 
our education platform further and offering the training 
our employees want. 

 > We will also continue to track our eNPS and implement 

initiatives to further improve our employee engagement. 

 > We have created a new, rotational role of Chief Veterinary 
Nursing Officer on a two-year basis, to ensure veterinary 
nurses are encouraged into the highest levels of leadership 
in the Company.

 > We have also appointed a new Director of Human 

Resources, joining us from a global professional services 
people-orientated firm, which will help us continue to 
progress towards our vision of being the veterinary 
company people most want to work for.

Link to KPIs
Read more on pages 22 to 25

C

A

B

Link to risks
Read more on pages 42 to 53

3

4

1

D

F

G

I

J

K

L

6

7

9

11

12

20

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Link to KPIs
Read more on pages 22 and 25

C

A

B

D

F

G

H

J

K

Link to risks
Read more on pages 42 to 53

1

3

6

11

12

3

4

We provide great facilities 
and equipment

We take our 
responsibilities seriously

Strategic objectives
 > We ensure all our practices meet PSS accreditation 

standards, and aspire to achieve RCVS awards.

Strategic objectives
 > We are making our Company as environmentally 

sustainable as possible.

 > We invest in our estate to ensure all our facilities meet 

 > We implement the best levels of health and safety 

an excellent standard.

in the profession.

 > We are expanding our network with high quality facilities.

 > We prioritise the wellbeing of our people.

 > We develop new ways to serve our clients and our patients.

 > We engage with the veterinary profession and support 

Our achievements in the year
 > During the year we acquired seven new surgeries which 

complemented our existing portfolio of practices. 

 > We also completed a number of practice relocations and 

refurbishments and opened our own shared service centre 
in Wetherby.

 > We also achieved a further 45 RCVS Practice Standard 

Scheme awards. 

 > We reviewed our practice portfolio and closed 33 sites where 
the facilities were not up to the standard we strive to achieve.

Outlook
 > We are committed to provide the best facilities and have 

committed to projects to relocate our practices to purpose 
built, specialist facilities, improving the facilities our employees 
work in and further enhancing the customer experience.

 > We continue to review innovative ways to undertake our 

work and are committed to investing in equipment to aid this. 

 > We continue to explore acquisitive growth opportunities 

which complement our existing portfolio and core business.

its interests.

Our achievements in the year
 > In November 2019, we signed the “Time to Change” 

pledge. This public declaration of our desire for change was 
a clear message to our colleagues of our intention to make 
changes to improve the support we offer colleagues to 
improve their mental health.

 > We also engaged with the veterinary profession to ensure 
our farm veterinary surgeons were on the key worker list 
over the COVID-19 pandemic, to help preserve the food 
supply chain. 

 > During the year we reduced our environmental impact 

through a range of initiatives including moving to paperless 
invoicing and online meetings. This was led and supported 
by the Board and Executive Committee.

Outlook
 > We continue to promote the wellbeing of our people and 
will be implementing training for all managers on mental 
health and stress management.

 > We will also formally launch our Sustainability Group, 
contributing to the long-term sustainability of CVS.

 > We will also encourage our employees to switch to a more 
green fleet where appropriate and offer more web-based 
training, reducing the need to travel and therefore our 
carbon footprint.

Link to KPIs
Read more on pages 22 and 25

C

A

B

D

E

F

G H

J

K

L

Link to KPIs
Read more on pages 22 and 25

D

H

E

J

K

Link to risks
Read more on pages 42 to 53

3

4

2

5

6

8

9

11

12

Link to risks
Read more on pages 42 to 53

2

4

1

5

6

7

9

10

11

12

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

21

The Strategic ReportKey performance indicators

Financial KPIs

Ensuring 
CVS tracks 
and monitors 
the correct 
KPIs, both 
financial and 
non-financial, 
is key in 
measuring 
our success. 
All financial 
KPIs are shown 
pre-IFRS 16 with 
the impact of 
IFRS 16 shown 
below each KPI.

* 

 Further information on IFRS 16 

can be found in notes 2 and 34. 

Link to strategy
Read more on pages 20 and 21

(A) Revenue

(B) Like-for-like 
sales

(C) Adjusted 
EBITDA

£427.8m
+5.2%

0.7%
-86.5%

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

427.8

2020

0.7

406.5

327.3

271.8

218.1

2019

2018

2017

2016

5.2

4.9

4.8

6.3

Why it’s a KPI
Like-for-like sales shows 
revenue generated from 
like-for-like operations 
compared to the prior year 
adjusted for number of 
working days. For example, 
for a practice acquired in 
September 2018, revenue is 
included from September 2019 
in the like-for-like calculations. 
This shows the underlying 
growth in revenue across all 
divisions, excluding the impact 
of current year acquisitions.

2020 performance
 > Like-for-like performance 
reflects the impact of 
COVID-19 where a 
significant number of 
practices were closed 
during March to June 2020 
which has therefore 
limited growth. 

 > Like-for-like performance 
for the eight months prior 
to COVID-19 was 7.9%.

IFRS 16 impact*
No impact.

Why it’s a KPI
Revenue is a measure of 
growth across all divisions of 
the Group. By measuring and 
comparing our revenue 
growth to the market, we are 
able to understand where we 
are gaining market share. 

2020 performance
 > Overall revenue has 

increased by £21.3m. 

 >  Like-for-like revenue 
increased £4.8m, 
acquisitions in the year and 
the full year impact of prior 
year acquisitions generated 
additional revenue of £18.3m 
and intercompany sales 
elimination increased by 
£1.8m, principally due to the 
increased internal equipment 
and consumable sales. 

 > COVID-19 has had a 

significant impact on 
revenue where a number 
of practices were closed 
due to the government 
restrictions in place and 
the nature of services were 
restricted. This is reflected 
in our like-for-like sales. 

IFRS 16 impact*
No impact.

£55.3m
+1.5%

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

55.3

54.5

47.6

42.1

32.8

Why it’s a KPI
Adjusted EBITDA excludes 
costs relating to business 
combinations and exceptional 
items and assists in 
understanding the underlying 
performance of the Group. 

2020 performance
 > The improvement in 

adjusted EBITDA is explained 
by improvement in like-for-like 
adjusted EBITDA of £0.6m, 
the full year impact of prior 
year acquisitions and 
acquisitions in the current 
year of £2.3m, partly offset 
by a £2.1m increase in 
central costs incurred 
to continually build a 
foundation for further 
development and 
expansion of the Group.

 > The COVID-19 impact 

on adjusted EBITDA was 
mitigated by accessing the 
Coronavirus Job Retention 
Scheme (“CJRS”) which 
partially offset the loss 
in revenue.

IFRS 16 impact*
The impact of IFRS 16 was 
to improve adjusted EBITDA 
by £15.7m.

1

2

3

1

2

3

1

2

3

22

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

(D) Adjusted EPS 

(E) Total capex

(F) Gross margin 
% before clinical 
staff costs

(G) Cash 
generated from 
operations

44.1p
-5.6%

£12.4m
-3.9%

75.5%
-0.9%

£76.5m
+46.8%

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

44.1

46.7

42.4

42.8

32.4

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

12.4

12.9

10.7

13.8

11.5

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

76.5

75.5

76.2

79.6

79.8

79.6

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

52.1

46.7

37.2

33.6

Why it’s a KPI
This is equal to earnings, 
adjusted for amortisation, 
costs relating to business 
combinations, exceptional 
items and non-recurring tax 
credits, net of the notional 
tax impact of the above, 
divided by the weighted 
average number of shares. 
This shows the underlying 
earnings per share before 
business combination costs. 

2020 performance
 > The decrease reflects the 

decrease in adjusted profit 
before tax of £1.3m.

IFRS 16 impact*
The impact of IFRS 16 was 
to reduce adjusted EPS 
by 2.1p to 42.0p.

Why it’s a KPI
This is the total amount 
spent by the Group on 
capital expenditure. Capital 
expenditure is incurred on 
refurbishment and investment 
in new equipment. Investing 
in our practices is key to 
achievement of our strategic 
goal of providing great 
facilities and equipment. 

2020 performance
 > Total capital expenditure 
is marginally down on the 
prior year and this is due 
to deferring non-essential 
capital expenditure 
in response to the 
COVID-19 pandemic. 

IFRS 16 impact*
No impact.

Why it’s a KPI
Gross margin which 
represents revenue after 
deducting the cost of drugs, 
laboratories’ fees and 
cremation fees, and other 
goods sold or used by the 
business, expressed as a 
percentage of total revenue. 
Gross Margin is a KPI as it 
helps us to monitor and 
measure our performance on 
ensuring drugs are purchased 
at the best possible price 
alongside ensuring it is the 
highest quality.

2020 performance
 > The decrease in gross 

margin is principally due 
to the increase revenue 
mix from our Farm Animal 
Division and Animed Direct 
Division, which operate at 
lower margins to our Small 
Animal Division. 

IFRS 16 impact*
No impact.

Why it’s a KPI
Cash generated from operations 
shows the cash inflows before 
payments of taxation and 
interest; acquisitions; purchases 
of property, plant and equipment 
and intangible assets; payments 
of dividends; debt issue costs; 
increase/repayment of bank 
loans; and proceeds from issue 
of shares. Delivery of improved 
cash generated from operations 
allows us to invest in further 
growth opportunities across 
our business.

2020 performance
 > Cash generated from 

operations has significantly 
improved due to the 
improvement in working 
capital. CVS has accessed 
the COVID-19 tax deferral 
schemes across the UK 
and the Netherlands resulting 
in an increase in trade 
payables in the year. 

IFRS 16 impact*
The impact of IFRS 16 was 
to increase cash generated 
from operations to £94.8m 
due to rental payments, 
which would have previously 
been cash outflows included 
in the cash from operations 
figure but are now classified 
as financing cash outflows.

1

2

3

4

3

4

1

2

3

1

2

3

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

23

The Strategic ReportKey performance indicators continued

Non-financial KPIs

Our non-financial 
measures help 
us track 
important data 
which allows us 
to monitor our 
core strategic 
goals.

1.   These new non-financial KPIs align 

with our new strategy; however, 

data is only available for one year.

2.   These new non-financial KPIs align 

with our new strategy; however data 

is only available for three years.

3.   These new non-financial KPIs align 

with out new strategy; however 

data is only available for five years. 

Link to strategy
Read more on pages 20 and 21

(H) Vet 
vacancy rate2

(I) Healthy Pet 
Club members3

(J) Number of 
RCVS awards3

6.9%
-24.2%

2020

2019

2018

6.9

9.1

11.3

Why it’s a KPI
The vet vacancy rate is 
calculated as the average 
number of live vet vacancies 
divided by the total number 
of vets by headcount. This 
shows the average level of 
vet vacancies for the Group 
during the period and is an 
indicator of staff retention. 
This links to our strategic 
goal of being a great place 
to work and have a career. 

2020 performance
 > The vet vacancy rate has 
continued to fall over 
2020. This is a strong 
indicator that the initiatives 
used to put our people 
first are helping ensure we 
recruit and retain our staff 
and contribute to being 
the veterinary company 
people most want to 
work for.

415,000
+3.5%

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

415,000

401,000

362,000

306,000

253,000

Why it’s a KPI
Healthy Pet Club is our 
preventative care scheme 
and provides CVS with a 
robust and regular revenue 
stream; and improves 
customer loyalty. 

2020 performance
 > Despite the COVID-19 

lockdown, there has been a 
continued increase in the 
number of Healthy Pet Club 
members for the year.

159
+39.5%

2020

2019

2018

2017

36

2016

1

159

114

83

Why it’s a KPI
This shows the number of 
Royal College of Veterinary 
Surgeons (“RCVS”) Practice 
Standards Scheme awards 
across the Group. These 
awards promote and maintain 
the highest standards of 
veterinary care across a 
range of different criteria 
including client experience 
and clinical governance. 
Monitoring the number 
of RCVS awards helps us 
achieve our strategic goals 
of providing the best clinical 
care along with taking our 
responsibilities seriously. 

2020 performance
 > During the year we have 
achieved 45 additional 
“outstanding” awards 
across our practices.

2

3

4

1

1

2

3

4

24

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

eNPS 
With regard to non-financial KPIs, there are none more 
important to us than our clinical vacancy rates. In 
October 2019 we further increased our focus on some 
of the root causes of vacancies. Central to that was the 
launch of a monthly employee net promoter score 
(“eNPS”) measurement. Each month every member of 
CVS is asked how likely it is they would recommend 
their employer, on a scale of 0–10. Using that data, and 
published net promoter score methodology, we assess 
our engagement across all our business areas. In doing 
so, and by challenging our teams to make this a critical 
KPI focus, we have seen dramatic improvements 
across the year.

(K) Employee 
NPS1

(L) Client NPS1

0.7

78.5

2020

0.7

2020

78.5

Why it’s a KPI
Client net promoter score 
(“NPS”) is a measure of our 
level of customer satisfaction 
across the period. This shows 
the level of customers that 
would recommend the 
Group for our services. 
Monitoring NPS helps us 
ensure we recommend and 
provide the best clinical care 
every time.

2020 performance
 > This is the first financial 
year for monitoring 
NPS and therefore no 
comparison can be made 
with prior years.

Why it’s a KPI
Employee net promoter 
score (“eNPS”) is a measure 
of how likely our staff 
members are to recommend 
the Group as a place to work. 
This shows the level of 
employee satisfaction shown 
across the Group as reported 
on anonymous surveys. 
Monitoring eNPS helps us 
ensure we are a great place 
to work and have a career. 

2020 performance
 > This is the first financial 

year for monitoring eNPS 
and throughout the year 
we have seen improvements 
in employee engagement, 
ending at 0.7. In 2021 we 
hope to improve the 
eNPS score across our 
business areas.

1

2

3

4

1

3

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020 25

The Strategic ReportOperational review

Developing our operations

Over the last twelve months, I am proud to say we have made 
great progress across our operations, and our businesses 
have performed well thanks to the hard work and dedication 
of all our teams. Central to that progress has been our 
commitment to creating a great environment to recruit, 
motivate and ultimately retain our talented people. 
We are a people business and our unrelenting focus on 
our employees has begun to reap significant rewards. 

Our vision to become the veterinary company people most 
want to work for has permeated all our activities, and driven 
much of our success. Our vet vacancy rates have fallen 
significantly over the year to 6.9% (30 June 2019: 9.1%), as 
our attrition rates have continued to fall and our hiring rates 
improve. In November 2019 we became the first large 
veterinary employer in the UK to offer enhanced maternity 
pay for our colleagues, and this is one of many key steps in 
our effort to ensure talented veterinary staff can join CVS 
and have a long and flexible career with us. 

Outstanding leadership driving improved clinical care
We continue to pride ourselves on the provision of the very 
best clinical advice, diagnostics and treatment to our 
patients. Alongside £12.4m investment in our equipment 
and facilities we have invested in a new clinical leadership 
structure across our veterinary practices and we now boast 
some of the best clinical leaders in the profession across a 
range of roles including Clinical Directors, Hub Clinical Leads 
and Regional Directors. This improved leadership team has 
empowered our clinical teams in the delivery of the best 
possible clinical care. Our team of Hub Clinical Leads is 
formed of experienced veterinary surgeons and delivers 
guidance, support and training across all areas of clinical 
practice. Specific projects during the year have included 
driving higher levels of cytology and bacteriology in cases 
of ear infections, to ensure we are minimising excess use of 
antibiotics at the same time as giving patients the very best 
treatments. Similarly, we have rolled out our laparoscopic 
“keyhole” neutering expertise across large areas of our Small 
Animal Division, to ensure our clients have access to the 
latest technology in clinical care. By focusing on helping all 
our teams deliver better clinical care, we can improve the 
retention of clinical staff, improve our client satisfaction 
and most importantly do the very best for our patients. 

We are not an animal business; 
we are a people business and 
we do great things for animals.”
Ben Jacklin
Chief Operating Officer

26

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

29
MiNightVet practices

£12.4m
Investment

CVS published its 
second annual Quality 
Improvement Report 
In January 2020, CVS published its second annual 
Quality Improvement Report and is proud to be the 
only veterinary corporate in the UK to do this. The 
report demonstrates just a few examples of the 
excellent work undertaken by practice teams to 
improve the quality of care they provide to their 
patients and clients. 

The CVS Quality Improvement (“QI”) team is led by 
Angela Rayner BVM&S MRCVS PgCertPSCHF.

The Director of Quality Improvement promotes teamwork 
and communication to create the environment in 
which excellence in clinical care can flourish. CVS 
works closely with RCVS Knowledge and Angela has 
joined its Quality Improvement Advisory Board, 
supporting the charity in its mission to shape and 
support the direction of QI in the profession. 

www.cvsukltd.co.uk

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

27

We have expanded our MiNightVet services, and now operate 
29 practices across the Group (30 June 2019: 22 practices). 
This enables us to outsource night work from our first opinion 
small animal vets, creating a great place for first opinion vets 
to work, whilst internalising that work within our Group. This 
allows us to retain revenues and crucially to have governance 
of the standard of clinical work offered to our clients and 
patients out of hours.

Commitment to continuous improvement
We have continued to lead the profession in all areas of 
quality improvement and clinical governance as reflected 
in our annual Quality Improvement Report. Specific areas of 
focus during the year have included a large scale project on 
the use of protected antimicrobials, which saw a 30% decrease 
for dogs and a 42% decrease for cats in the use of antimicrobials 
during the project period. Clinical governance and critical 
incident reporting is embedded within our practice operations 
and is an essential part of ensuring we continue to find new 
ways in which we can improve patient outcomes.

Acquisitions
We also made four acquisitions (seven surgeries) during the 
year which were all performing favourably to expectations 
prior to the onset of COVID-19 restrictions. Our increased 
focus on integration, as well as aligning our Operations 
and Acquisitions teams on practice selection, leaves us 
well placed to integrate future acquisitions successfully 
should opportunities arise.

Continued investment
We have made major strides over the past year in the 
effective operation of our business areas, through continued 
training and development of our Leadership teams in our front 
line businesses and empowering them to succeed. In the 
coming year we will continue to invest in these efforts, ensuring 
we give our front line teams the appropriate environment 
to deliver the best possible patient care, as well as doing 
everything we can to continue our progress towards being 
the veterinary company people most want to work for.

Ben Jacklin
Chief Operating Officer
24 September 2020

The Strategic ReportOperational review continued

Proven resilience 
in Veterinary care

Progress
Our Veterinary Practice Division comprises our small animal, 
referrals, farm animal and equine veterinary practices, as 
well as our buying groups, Vet Direct and MiPet Insurance. 
The division performed exceptionally well during the first 
half of the financial year, with like-for-like revenue growth of 
7.4% and total revenue growth of 14.0%. The full year was 
clearly impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and delivered 
like-for-like revenue deterioration of -1.2% and total growth 
of 3.6%. Pre-IFRS 16 adjusted EBITDA grew exceptionally 
strongly in the first half (25.2% like-for-like, 26.7% in total) but 
again was impacted significantly by the COVID-19 pandemic 
with full year like-for-like growth of 0.3%, and total pre-IFRS 16 
adjusted EBITDA growth of 1.2%. As we move into the new 
financial year, I am pleased that our businesses have proved 
resilient and this should give cause for optimism on the 
outlook for the next few years. 

Small Animal
Our Small Animal Division forms the majority of our 
Veterinary Practice Division and, following an excellent 
first half, has proved resilient during the COVID-19 pandemic 
and provides an excellent platform for growth.

Our focus has, as in other divisions, been on ensuring we 
recommend and deliver the very best in clinical care to our 
clients and our patients. We have seen excellent progress 
in our patient outcome measures, as well as in our KPIs that 
monitor the level of patient care across the division. Our 
Small Animal Leadership team has developed a culture 
of clinical excellence and empowerment.

Referrals
Our Referrals Division has had another fantastic year, 
including opening a new referral hospital, Northern Ireland 
Veterinary Specialists, the first specialist-led referral hospital 
in Northern Ireland. Recruitment of some of the most talented 
specialists in the profession has continued, with an additional 
twelve specialists joining to make a total of 65 specialists across 
nine referral centres and our new specialist telemedicine 
“virtual hospital” – Vet Oracle. Our Greenfield hospital in 
Hampshire, Lumbry Park Veterinary Specialists, has continued 
to grow well and added ophthalmology to its impressive range 
of specialisms. Additionally we have continued to grow our 
teleradiology and teleneurology services, offering specialist 
imaging interpretation and clinical advice to vets around the 
world, with three specialists now employed within each service.

Veterinary Practice revenue share*

86.5%

 87+

£384.1m
Revenue
3.6%
Revenue growth

415,000

HPC customers

* 

 Revenue share before intercompany sales between practices 
and other divisions.

28

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

13
+
U
21
Own brand
small animal, equine and 
farm products available in 
our practices and to our 
buying group members

CVS expanded 
its Careline operation
In January 2020, CVS expanded its Careline operation, 
which is a dedicated team handling incoming calls 
to practices including: appointment booking and 
appointment amending, prescription ordering, 
insurance queries and advice. The Careline team 
is currently based at our Solihull contact centre and 
has been taking calls for the YourVets group for many 
years. More recently, it has expanded to operate 
Careline for additional practices in the Group. 

In March 2020, Careline opened a new dedicated call 
centre in Wetherby to service a higher volume of calls 
on behalf of CVS veterinary practices. The sizeable 
facility hosts an abundance of new technology and 
includes CVS’s first dedicated training centre called 
the “Knowledge Hub”. 

Practice benefits of the Careline service 
 > Front-of-house practice teams have more time 

to interact with the clients and manage the busy 
reception desk. This delivers a better client 
experience on the phone and in the waiting room.

 >  Calls are answered quickly by Careline and clients 

can be supported without distraction in the 
waiting room. 

 > Careline can assist practices with other tasks such 

as callbacks, reminders and repeat 
prescription ordering.

Revenue within our Referrals Division grew by 14.5% over the 
year, driven by an increased internalisation of referrals through 
improved engagement with our primary care practices, as 
well as a growing number of referrals from external practices. 

Equine
Our Equine Division performed in line with prior year 
despite COVID-19. 

We now have 20 equine practices across the UK, the 
Republic of Ireland and the Netherlands, including five RCVS 
accredited referral hospitals in the UK and large referral 
hospitals in both Ireland and the Netherlands. 

During the year we have also expanded our out-of-hours 
services, Equicall, offering emergency cover to both CVS 
and third-party practices out-of-hours. We believe Equicall is 
the only dedicated equine emergency out-of-hours practice 
globally and, as in our Small Animal Division out-of-hours 
services, this helps deliver on our purpose to give the best 
possible care to animals.

Our Healthy Horse Programme remains relatively nascent, 
but has grown from 7,000 to 8,000 over the financial year, 
and is growing in popularity amongst our horse-owning clients.

Farm Animal
Our Farm Animal Division consists of 19 farm animal 
practices and a large specialist poultry business, Slate Hall. 
Revenues during the year grew by 14.8%. COVID-19 had little 
impact on this revenue stream due to the requirement to 
ensure the food supply chain was not interrupted. 

Key to our strategy in the Farm Animal Division is to recruit 
talented veterinary surgeons, capable of attracting new 
clients to the Group and establishing new operations around 
them. During the year we launched our first Greenfield farm 
animal practice, Cheshire Farm Vets, using this model and 
business performance has been encouraging. This ensures 
we can offer great career opportunities for young and 
ambitious vets, giving them the chance to shape their own 
practice without the need for personal capital investment.

We have also worked hard to improve our buying terms on 
farm animal medicines, and grew our sales of prescription 
products in the Farm Animal Division steadily across the 
year, which has the additional benefit of allowing our 
Greenfield farm animal practices to compete successfully 
for product sales with third-party practices.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

29

The Strategic ReportOperational review continued

International
Our International Division comprises 25 practices in 
the Netherlands and 6 practices in the Republic of Ireland. 

Healthy Pet Club
Our Healthy Pet Club has once again performed well during 
the financial year, growing from 401,000 at the end of June 
2019 to 415,000 at the end of June 2020. The Healthy Pet 
Club remains the leading scheme in the industry, with c40.0% 
of our small animal active patients as members, and continues 
to offer the very best in preventative care at great value to 
our clients and patients. During the pandemic, the number 
of members fell briefly driven by reduced sign-ups in 
practices as around half the practices were closed, but 
by June the scheme had returned to growth and we are 
optimistic that we will continue to grow the scheme over 
the years to come. 

MiPet products/purchasing
During the year we were delighted to build on our strategy 
of producing own brand products, by adding further 
products to our suite, including our very first farm animal 
product. These products ensure security of supply of the 
highest quality medicines for our teams, a key strategic 
objective, as well as enhancing the margin on these 
products benefiting the Group directly. Our own brand 
products comprised 28.0% of pharmaceutical spend in our 
small animal practices during the year (2019: c25.0%). These 
products have also been a key driver in the recruitment of 
new independent practices into our MiVetClub buying 
group, where we can offer third-party practices great 
products at attractive prices. During the year we also 
successfully implemented a new warehouse management 
system, which will be extended into the Animed Direct 
business in the future.

Outlook
As we enter the new financial year, we are optimistic for 
the continued success of our Veterinary Practice Division. 
Through our ongoing efforts to become the veterinary 
company people most want to work for, and relentless focus 
on giving the best possible care to our patients, we are well 
placed to set ourselves apart from competitors and enjoy 
significant commercial success in the years to come. 

Head office 
Central administration costs include those of the central 
finance, IT, human resource, purchasing, legal and property 
functions. Total costs were pre-IFRS 16 £12.3m (2019: £10.2m), 
representing 2.9% of revenue (2019: 2.5%).

As a % of revenue, the spend on support functions has 
increased, representing the continued investment in our 
support areas to ensure that CVS continues to have appropriate 
systems and controls and to ensure the divisions receive the 
appropriate support. The Group continues to base support 
staff in the regions where they can more easily provide the 
close support that the operations team require. 

30

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

CVS launched its virtual 
learning environment, 
Knowledge Hub
In November 2019, Professor Renate Weller DrVetMed, 
PhD, MScVetEd, FHEA, NTF, ECVSMR, ACVSMR, 
MRCVS, RCVS Specialist in Diagnostic Imaging, and 
her team launched the new Knowledge Hub online 
learning platform having collaborated extensively with 
CVS colleagues to identify specific needs and 
requirements to support learning and development. 

Knowledge Hub is a virtual learning platform as well as 
a learning management system that can be accessed 
on any internet-enabled device including personal 
mobile phones, enabling all colleagues to manage 
learning requirements anywhere at any time of day.

Since launch the platform has had over 75,000 visits 
from CVS employees accessing over 100 courses 
comprising clinical and non-clinical topics. It allowed the 
Company to respond timely to the necessity to fulfil the 
Company’s learning needs by shifting courses from 
face-to-face training to online in response to the COVID-19 
pandemic. The current portfolio includes 70 stand-alone 
online learning opportunities blending live sessions 
with courses and webinar that the learner can access 
at any time from any mobile device. 

Our own learning platform 
allows us to adapt our 
learning offerings to CVS’s 
needs and be agile enough 
to do so quickly.”

Professor Renate Weller
Director of Education

Enabling operational 
efficiencies in Laboratories

Progress
Our Laboratory Division provides diagnostic services and 
in-practice desktop analysers to both CVS and third party 
practices, and includes a national courier network for the 
collection and timely processing of samples from practices 
across the UK. The division delivered revenue growth of 
4.5% during the financial year and pre-IFRS 16 adjusted 
EBITDA growth of 31.4% despite the impact of COVID-19 
during Q4. As part of streamlining of operations, we closed 
our Greendale laboratory during the year and consolidated 
the work into our existing network of laboratories. This 
ensures all samples continue to access the very best in 
equipment and expertise, while enabling operational 
efficiency improvements. Pre-IFRS 16 adjusted EBITDA 
as a percentage of sales grew from 21.4% to 26.9%.

Diagnostic services
Our diagnostic laboratories grew well during the year, 
driven by growth in both internal and external submissions. 
Whilst the majority of diagnostic services are provided to the 
companion (small) animal veterinary sector, the division saw 
strong growth of both equine and farm animal testing to 
both CVS and third-party practices during the year. 

Analysers
Revenues from the analyser business grew by 10.0% over 
the course of the financial year, including strong growth 
from external third-party CVS practices. Revenues in this 
area are driven through a combination of analyser purchases, 
leasing agreements and ongoing purchase of consumables 
throughout the life of the equipment.

Outlook
Revenues from the division increased well during the year 
and with further expansion of farm animal and equine 
testing, and our small animal focus on ensuring our patients 
receive ever higher quality diagnostics, these revenues are 
expected to continue to grow over the coming years.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

31

Laboratory revenue share*

4.7%

5+

£21.1m
Revenue
4.5%
Revenue growth

410,000

Lab tests performed

* 

 Revenue share before intercompany sales between practices 
and other divisions.

The Strategic Report95
+
U
Operational review continued

Growing our offerings 
in Crematoria

Progress
Our Crematoria Division provides both individual and 
communal cremation services for small animal and equine 
clients, as well as clinical waste disposal services for both 
CVS and third party veterinary practices. The division saw 
revenues decline marginally year on year by 2.2%, and 
pre-IFRS 16 adjusted EBITDA improved marginally by 0.8%. 
These were impacted by COVID-19, principally through a 
reduction in clinical waste fees. We have introduced on-line 
shops across all crematoria selling caskets, urns, memorials 
and tributes and continue to grow our offerings in the area 
of individual cremation and more bespoke client services.

We operate seven crematoria across Great Britain and 
service veterinary practices nationally through our own 
courier service network. We are investing in our estate, 
introducing equine cremation in those crematoria which 
currently do not offer this service, and ensuring we 
maximise the operational efficiency of the division.

Outlook
In the new financial year, we anticipate the division will return 
to growth.

Crematoria revenue share*

1.6%

2+

£7.2m
Revenue
-2.2%
Revenue growth

7

Locations

* 

 Revenue share before intercompany sales between practices 
and other divisions.

32

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

98
+
U
Ensuring competitive 
advantage in Animed Direct

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

Progress
Animed Direct is our online pet medication dispensary 
and pet food/accessory retailer. The focus on prescription 
and non-prescription medication is supported by the buying 
power of the Group as a whole, which ensures the business 
is extremely competitive.

Over the financial year the business delivered revenue 
growth of 37.4%, and pre-IFRS 16 adjusted EBITDA growth 
of 50.3%. Adjusted EBITDA margin also improved from 7.2% 
to 7.9%. This was supported by an element of increased 
customer demand during the early part of the lockdown 
period, but also through website improvements including 
a new prescription management system. We have also 
invested in a new customer service management system, 
which supports our efforts in maintaining our five-star 
Trustpilot rating. The business now has 454,000 unique 
customers (2019: 244,000).

Outlook
In the coming financial year we will continue to focus on 
website developments, as well as starting to implement 
the new warehouse management system that has already 
been successfully implemented in the MiPet buying 
group department.

Animed Direct revenue share*

7.2%

7+

£32.1m
Revenue
37.4%
Revenue growth

454,000

Unique customer numbers

* 

 Revenue share before intercompany sales between practices 
and other divisions.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

33

The Strategic Report93
+
U
 
Financial review

Resilient financial performance 
and strengthened balance sheet

Financial highlights
Despite the impact of COVID-19 CVS has continued to 
deliver growth in revenue and adjusted EBITDA with revenue 
by the financial year-end returning to pre-COVID-19 levels. 
From 1 July 2019, CVS has adopted IFRS 16 Leases and 
utilised the cumulative catch up approach for initial 
recognition of assets and liabilities. Therefore, historic 
numbers remain unchanged. To aid comparability 
commentary on performance is initially on a pre-IFRS 16 
basis and where applicable the impact of IFRS 16 is 
separately disclosed. 

Key financial highlights are shown below:

Revenue (£m)
Adjusted EBITDA (£m)*
Adjusted profit 
before tax (£m)*
Adjusted earnings 
per share (p)*
Operating profit (£m)
Profit before tax (£m)
Basic earnings 
per share (p)

2020
Post-IFRS 16

2020
Pre-IFRS 16

2019
Pre-IFRS 16

Change %
Pre-IFRS 16

427.8
71.0

427.8
55.3

406.5
54.5

5.2%
1.5%

38.2

40.1

41.4

(3.1%)

42.0
18.5
9.9

44.1
16.2
11.7

46.7
15.6
11.7

(5.6%)
3.8%
—

8.1

10.0

11.6

(13.8%)

* 

 Adjusted financial measures are defined on page 3 of the Annual Report 

and reconciled to the financial measures defined by International Financial 

Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) below and on page 110 (adjusted profit 

before tax and adjusted earnings per share). Management uses adjusted 

EBITDA and adjusted earnings per share (“EPS”) as the basis for assessing 

the financial performance of the Group. These figures exclude costs 

relating to business combinations and exceptional items and hence assist 

in understanding the performance of the Group. These terms are not 

defined by IFRS and therefore may not be directly comparable with other 

companies’ adjusted profit measures.

Despite the impact of 
COVID-19, CVS has continued 
to deliver growth in revenue 
and adjusted EBITDA.”
Robin Alfonso
Chief Financial Officer

34

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

An explanation of the difference between the reported 
operating profit figure and adjusted EBITDA is shown below:

Operating profit
Adjustments for:
Amortisation and depreciation
Costs of business acquisitions
Exceptional items

Adjusted EBITDA

2020
Post-IFRS 16
£m

2020
Pre-IFRS 16
£m

2019
Pre-IFRS 16
£m

18.5

16.2

15.6

46.4
0.7
5.4

71.0

32.9
0.7
5.5

55.3

31.4
7.2
0.3

54.5

Pre-IFRS 16 performance
Revenue increased by 5.2% from £406.5m to £427.8m with 
the strong Group like-for-like growth in the first eight months 
of 7.9% and subsequent recovery towards the end of the 
year offsetting the significant reduction in revenue streams 
experienced in the final four months during lockdown. 
Revenue in the year was also adversely impacted by the 
deferment of Healthy Pet Club (“HPC”) revenue recognition 
from this financial year into the next as the ability to service 
performance obligations under the customer contracts 
during lockdown was restricted.

Adjusted EBITDA increased by 1.5% from £54.5m to £55.3m. 
As a percentage of revenue adjusted EBITDA decreased 
from 13.4% to 12.9% with the margin impacted by additional 
bad debt provision, increased share option costs and impact 
of deferring HPC revenue recognition. During the period 
CVS accessed the CJRS scheme with the £8.2m grant 
income included within employment costs. 

Adjusted profit before tax decreased 3.1% from £41.4m 
to £40.1m with the increase in adjusted EBITDA, offset by 
a one-off increase in interest from the loan fee write off 
following the refinancing in January and increase in 
depreciation. Adjusted EPS (as defined in note 2 to the 
financial statements) marginally decreased 5.6% to 44.1p 
from 46.7p. Adjusted profit before tax and adjusted EPS 
exclude the impact of amortisation of intangible assets, 
business combination costs and exceptional items.

Pre-IFRS 16 profit before tax for the year remained constant 
at £11.7m. This reflects the movement in adjusted profit before 

tax, an increase in exceptional costs, offset partially by a 
reduction in acquisition costs from both reduced activity 
and deferred payments. Exceptional costs mainly arise from 
impairment of assets and provisions totalling £4.3m following 
the decision to close 33 of our smaller branch sites, representing 
less than 1.0% of overall Group revenue, which were marginal 
or loss making. Basic EPS decreased 13.8% to 10.0p from 11.6p. 

Impact of IFRS 16
On 1 July 2019 the Group adopted IFRS 16 which replaced 
IAS 17 Leases and became effective for annual periods 
beginning on or after 1 January 2019. IFRS 16 effectively 
removes the distinction between finance and operating 
leases for lessees putting all lease arrangements onto the 
statement of financial position. On adoption the Group 
recognised right-of-use assets of £107.8m and lease liabilities 
of £105.8m in respect of leased properties, vehicles and 
equipment. In the income statement the charge for lease 
rentals, previously included within adjusted EBITDA, is 
replaced by a finance charge on the lease liability and a 
depreciation charge in respect of the right-of-use assets. 
Profit before tax is adversely impacted from the finance 
charge on lease liabilities being higher in early years than in 
later years. The net impact of IFRS 16 is to reduce the profit 
before tax from £11.7m pre-IFRS 16 to £9.9m post-IFRS 16. 
Full reconciliation of pre and post-IFRS 16 measures are 
shown in note 34 of the financial statements.

Taxation
The Group’s effective tax rate was 42.3% (2019: 29.9%). 
A reconciliation of the expected tax charge at the standard 
rate to the actual charge in millions of pounds and as a 
percentage of profit before tax is shown below:

Profit before tax

Expected tax at UK standard rate of tax
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Adjustments in respect of previous years 
tax charge
Effect of tax rate change on opening 
deferred tax balances

Actual charge/effective tax rate

£m

9.9

1.9
1.0

%

19.0%
10.3%

(1.1)

(11.2%)

2.4 

4.2

24.2%

42.3%

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

35

The Strategic ReportFinancial review continued

Taxation continued
All of the Group’s revenues and the majority of its expenses 
are subject to corporation tax. The main expenses that are 
not deductible for tax purposes are costs relating to 
acquisitions and depreciation on fixed assets that do not 
qualify for tax relief. Tax relief for some expenditure, mainly 
fixed assets, is received over a longer period than that for 
which the costs are charged in the financial statements.

The tax charge has increased by £0.7m from £3.5m to 
£4.2m whilst profit before taxation has decreased by £1.8m 
from £11.7m to £9.9m post IFRS 16. The increase in the tax 
charge is predominantly due to the remeasurement of 
deferred tax balances in respect of UK jurisdictions from 
17.0% to 19.0% following the UK announcement to repeal 
the 17.0% rate from April 2020.

Financial impact of COVID-19
The impact of COVID-19 and lockdown was a significant 
reduction in our revenue streams. The chart below shows the 
rolling seven day average revenue in our GBR small animal 
practices relative to the level seen in early March 2020, prior 
to the UK lockdown and the guidance from RCVS and BVA. 
The data excludes recurring HPC revenue. Clearly, the initial 
impact of COVID-19 on the Group’s revenue was swift and 
sharp. However, from the low point in the early part of April 
2020, the gradual easing of lockdown and amended RCVS/
BVA guidance, together with the adaptations we have made 
to our working regime, have resulted in a steady increase in 
revenues which have now recovered to pre-COVID-19 levels.

To mitigate the impact of reduced revenue, action was taken 
to preserve cash and reduce operating costs to protect 
adjusted EBITDA and financial covenants. Measures taken 
included, but were not limited to, access to CJRS, deferment 
of VAT payments and reduction in non-essential spend. 

Statement of financial position

Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Other non-current assets

Current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Equity

2020 
Post IFRS 16
 £m

2020
Pre-IFRS 16
 £m

2019
Pre-IFRS 16 
£m

229.8
51.6
98.1
1.2

83.6
(102.0)
(195.7)
166.6

229.8
51.6
—
1.2

86.3
(95.0)
(105.9)
168.0

244.5
51.4
—
0.4

81.1
(78.9)
(135.4)
163.1

Pre-IFRS 16 performance
As at 30 June 2020 intangible assets amount to £229.8m 
(2019: £244.5m) primarily consisting of patient data records 
and goodwill in relation to business combinations, in addition 
to £1.9m computer software. The net reduction of £14.7m 
relates primarily to further business combinations of £7.2m 
net of amortisation in the year of £22.2m.

Property plant and equipment of £51.6m (2019: £51.4m) 
relates to owner-occupied property, plant and equipment, 
vehicles and computer hardware across the Group. The net 
increase of £0.2m primarily relates to additions of £11.1m 
reflecting our continuing commitment to investing in our 
facilities net of depreciation in the year of £10.7m. 

Other non-current assets primarily relate to investments 
and deferred tax assets total £1.2m (2019: £0.4m).

Current assets of £86.3m comprises inventories £18.7m 
(2019: £17.0m); trade and other receivables of £46.1m 
(2019: £51.6m); and cash and cash equivalents of £21.5m 
(2019: £12.5m). The reduction in trade and other receivables 
of £5.5m primarily relates to the HPC contract asset 
reducing from £8.5m to £6.0m. 

Mid March

23 March

9 April

19 May

28 May

Mid July

Timeline
 > On 9 April 2020, the RCVS issued new guidance to allow 

more work to be undertaken whilst continuing to minimise 
contact and reduce the spread of COVID-19. 

 > On 19 May 2020, the RCVS issued further revised guidance 
removing the reference to consider whether treatment 
could be delayed for two months without causing patient 
welfare issues. In light of this, on 28 May 2020 the BVA 
issued updated guidance with the intention to “support 
veterinary practices to make the transition to providing 
a more normal range of veterinary services”.

36

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Current liabilities is primarily comprised of trade and other 
payables of £87.7m (2019: £73.7m); provisions of £6.4m 
(2019: £nil); and current income tax liabilities of £0.8m 
(2019: £4.9m). The increase in trade and other payables 
is largely driven by VAT payment deferral of £15.0m. The 
increase in provisions of £6.4m is related to the closure 
of 33 underperforming sites and property provisions. 
The reduction in corporation tax liability of £4.1m is a result 
of the move to the new quarterly instalment payment regime 
in the UK which brought forward an additional two quarters 
payments which previously would have been paid in arrears. 

Non-current liabilities of £105.9m (2019: £135.4m) is primarily 
comprised of borrowings of £83.5m (2019: £114.2m), deferred 
income tax liabilities of £21.5m (2019: £21.2m) and derivative 
financial instruments of £0.9m (2019: £nil). 

Equity has increased by £4.9m to £168.0m mainly as a result 
of total comprehensive income of £6.9m, new shares issued 
and shares disposed from the EBT for £1.0m to settle obligations 
under the Group’s SAYE scheme, transactions in relation to 
share based payments and associated deferred tax of £1.0m 
offset by the dividend payment of £3.9m. 

Impact of IFRS 16
The impact of IFRS 16 is to recognise right-of-use assets 
of £98.1m (2019: £nil), current lease liabilities of £8.8m 
(2019: £nil) and non-current lease liabilities of £89.8m 
(2019: £nil), after adjusting for a property provision of 
£1.4m (2019: £nil) and prepaid rent of £2.7m. Corporation 
tax liability is also reduced by £0.4m and therefore equity 
reduces by £1.4m. 

Bank facilities
The Group renewed and extended its bank facilities in 
January 2020. The facility was extended from ending on 
23 November 2021 to 31 January 2024. The Group reduced 
the total facilities from £195.0m to £175.0m, a reduction of 
£20.0m, to reflect the continued focus and greater emphasis 
on organic growth and strong operating cash generation of 
the Group. The facilities are provided by a syndicate of four 
banks, NatWest, HSBC, BOI and AIB, and comprise the 
following elements: 

 > a fixed term loan of £85.0m, repayable on 31 January 2024 

via a single bullet repayment; 

 > a four-year revolving credit facility (“RCF”) of £85.0m, 

which runs to 31 January 2024;

 > an envisaged, but not committed, accordion facility 

of up to £100.0m, which runs to 31 January 2024; and

 > in addition, the Group has a £5.0m overdraft facility 

renewable annually.

The two financial covenants associated with these facilities 
remain unchanged and will continue to be calculated based 
on the Group’s accounting policies applicable at 30 June 2019 
for the duration of the facilities, i.e. pre-IFRS 16.

* 

 Net debt is calculated as borrowings less gross cash and unamortised 

borrowing costs (see breakdown on page 38).

Cash flow and net debt movement
Net debt* decreased by £39.9m from £102.0m in 2019 to £62.1m. 
The movement in net debt is explained as follows:

Cash generated from operations
Capital expenditure – 
maintenance
Taxation paid
Interest paid
Exceptional items

Free cash flow
Capital expenditure – 
development
Acquisitions
Proceeds from ordinary shares
Proceeds from sale 
of treasury shares
Dividends paid
Debt issuance costs’ 
amortisation
Repayment of 
right-of-use liability

Decrease/(increase) in net debt*

2020
Post-IFRS 16
£m

2020
Pre-IFRS 16
£m

2019
Pre-IFRS 16
£m

94.8

76.5

52.1

(8.7)
(9.5)
(7.0)
(0.7)

(8.7)
(9.5)
(2.9)
(0.7)

(8.9)
(7.3)
(3.4)
—

68.9

54.7

32.5

(3.7)
(7.2)
0.1

0.9
(3.9)

(3.7)
(7.2)
0.1

0.9
(3.9)

(4.0)
(58.1)
0.6

 —
(3.5)

(1.0)

(1.0)

(0.5)

(14.2)

39.9

—

—

39.9

(33.0)

Pre-IFRS 16 performance
Cash flow from operating activities increased 46.8% from 
£52.1m to £76.5m. The increase primarily reflects growth in 
EBITDA and deferral of VAT payments. In addition, cash was 
collected on HPC contracts for which the recognition of 
revenue was deferred from this financial year into the next as 
unable to perform the performance obligation due to COVID-19.

The analysis of capital expenditure in the table above reflects 
a broad split between expenditure that we expect to increase 
profit and that we believe will primarily maintain profit. This 
split can only ever be approximate. Development capital 
expenditure includes expenditure on new sites, relocations, 
significant extensions and significant new equipment. 
All other expenditure is included as maintenance.

No corporation tax relief is received on the majority of the 
amortisation and transaction costs which are deducted 
in arriving at the unadjusted profit before taxation figure. 
Therefore, taxation paid moves broadly in line with the adjusted 
profit before tax of the Group. The increase in taxation paid 
in the year is primarily as a result of the new quarterly instalment 
payment regime in the UK which required the Group to pay 
quarterly instalments for the year ended 30 June 2020 
four months earlier than in previous periods. 

The interest payment of £2.9m was marginally lower than 
last year’s £3.4m reflecting the lower average net debt 
during the financial year.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

37

The Strategic ReportFinancial review continued

Pre-IFRS 16 performance continued
Cash available for discretionary expenditure (“free cash 
flow”) increased from £32.5m to £55.4m.

Development capital expenditure of £2.3m was incurred in 
the year on relocating practices and £1.4m on refurbishing 
existing sites. Acquisition costs of £7.2m was paid for the 
seven surgeries acquired during 2020 and £0.7m was paid in 
respect of completion net asset adjustments for businesses 
acquired in the 30 June 2019 financial year. In relation to the 
seven surgeries, £nil consideration was payable at 30 June 
2020 in respect of completion net asset adjustments. 

Exceptional items of £0.7m were paid in relation to Board 
restructuring costs.

Proceeds from Ordinary shares and sale of treasury shares 
arose due to the exercise of options under the Group’s 
approved SAYE scheme which allows staff to save regular 
amounts each month over a three-year period and benefit 
from increases in the Group’s share price over that time. 

The movement in debt issue costs was £0.7m, which 
represents the £1.0m amortisation of costs during the year, 
which is partly offset by the capitalisation of costs of £1.7m 
associated with the January 2020 refinance.

Impact of IFRS 16
The impact of IFRS 16 moves the cash flow in respect of lease 
rentals from cash generated from operations to repayment 
of the right-of-use liability.

Net debt and borrowing covenants
The Group’s net debt comprises the following:

Borrowings repayable:
Within one year
After more than one year 
Loan facility
Unamortised borrowing costs

Total borrowings
Cash in hand and at bank

Net debt

2020 
£m

2019 
£m

 0.1

0.3

85.0
(1.5)

 83.6
(21.5)

115.0
(0.8)

114.5
(12.5)

62.1

102.0

The total borrowings principally consist of:

 > a £85.0m term loan (gross of unamortised issue costs) 
(2019: £95.0m). The term loan is repayable in one bullet 
payment in 2024; and

 > £nil drawn down under the RCF (gross of unamortised 

issue costs) (2019: £20.0m). The RCF is available until 2024.

£85.0m of the RCF remained unutilised at 30 June 2020 
(2019: £75.0m). The Board remains committed to expanding 
the Group through organic growth and selective acquisitions. 

The two financial covenants associated with the Group’s bank 
facilities are based on Group borrowings to EBITDA and Group 

38

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

EBITDA to interest ratios. EBITDA is based on the last twelve 
months’ performance adjusted for the full year impact of 
acquisitions made during that period. The EBITDA to interest 
ratio must not be less than 4.5x. At 30 June 2020 it was 19.3x.

The covenant levels allow a maximum Group borrowing to 
EBITDA ratio of 3.25x, although it is not the Group’s intention 
to operate at this level. The gearing ratio decreased during 
the year from 2.08x at 30 June 2019 to 1.14x at 30 June 2020. 
This decrease in ratio reflects the decrease in net debt. The Group 
manages its banking arrangements centrally. Funds are swept 
daily from its various bank accounts into central bank accounts 
to optimise the Group’s net interest payable position.

Interest rate risk is also managed centrally and derivative 
instruments are used to mitigate this risk. On 28 February 2020, 
the Group entered into two four-year fixed interest rate swap 
arrangements to hedge fluctuations in interest rates on 
£70.0m of its term loan facility. 

Going concern and viability
At the Statement of Financial Position date the Group had 
cash balances of £21.5m and an unutilised overdraft facility 
of £5.0m. Total facilities of £175.0m are available to support 
the Group’s organic and acquisitive growth initiatives over 
the coming years, comprising a term loan of £85.0m and 
an RCF of £85.0m. The Directors consider that the £5.0m 
overdraft and the £170.0m facility enable them to meet all 
current liabilities when they fall due. Since the year end, the 
Group has continued to trade profitably and to generate cash.

After consideration of market conditions, the Group’s financial 
position (including the level of headroom available within 
the bank facilities), financial forecasts for the three years 
to 30 June 2023, its profile of cash generation and the timing 
and amount of bank borrowings repayable, and principal risks, 
the Directors have a reasonable expectation that both the 
Company and the Group will be able to continue in operation 
and meet their liabilities as they fall due over the period. For 
this reason, the going concern basis continues to be adopted 
in preparing the financial statements.

The three year period is appropriate since it aligns to the 
forecasting period.

Long-term growth
The Group has generated consistent growth in the scale 
of its business and profits over recent years. A summary 
of the compound annual growth rates (“CAGR”) over the 
past five years in key financial figures is as follows:

2020
Post-IFRS 16

2020
Pre-IFRS 16

2016
Pre-IFRS 16

CAGR %
Pre-IFRS 16

Revenue (£m)
Adjusted EBITDA (£m)
Adjusted profit 
before tax (£m)
Adjusted EPS (p)

427.8
71.0

38.2
42.0

427.8
 55.3

40.1
44.1

218.1
32.8

24.9
32.4

18.3
13.9

12.7
8.0

 
Leverage decreased during 
the year from 2.08x to 1.14x.” 

Share price performance
At the year end the market capitalisation was £727.8m 
(1,030p per share), compared to £511.1m (724p per share) 
at the previous year end. The graph below shows the total 
shareholder return performance compared to the FTSE AIM 
All-Share Index. The values indicated in the graph show 
the share price movement based on a hypothetical £100 
holding in Ordinary shares from 1 July 2019 to 30 June 2020.

Twelve-month graph to 30 June 2020 (rebased)

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

Jul 19

Aug 19

Sep 19 Oct 19 Nov 19 Dec 19

Jan 20

Feb 20 Mar 20 Apr 20 May 20 Jun 20

CVS

Pets at Home

AIM All-Share

FTSE 250 x ITs

Source: Factset

Key contractual arrangements
The Directors consider that the Group has only one significant 
third party supplier contract which is for the supply of veterinary 
drugs. In the event that this supplier ceased trading the Group 
would be able to continue in business without significant 
disruption in trading by purchasing from alternative suppliers.

Forward-looking statements
Certain statements in this Annual Report are forward 
looking. Although the Board believes that the expectations 
reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, 
it can give no assurance that these expectations will prove 
to be correct. Because these statements involve risks and 
uncertainties, actual results may differ materially from those 
expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. 

Robin Alfonso
Chief Financial Officer
24 September 2020

£21.5m
Cash and cash 
equivalents

£39.9m
Reduction 
in net debt

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

39

The Strategic ReportSustainability

How we are doing 
the right thing

Managing sustainability
At CVS we take our responsibilities seriously and our 
sustainability strategy is a key focus of our business. CVS has 
broadly aligned its strategic goals with the United Nations 
(“UN”) Sustainable Development Goals (“SDGs”) for 2030 
and created an internal Sustainability Group which will be 
formally launched in the 2020/21 financial year. 

Sustainability strategy
The CVS sustainability strategy has three pillars being 
Environmental Protection, Social Equality and 
Economic Viability.

Viable

Environmental
Protection

Bearable

Economic 
Viability

Social 
Equality

Sustainability

Equitable

Pillar 1: Environmental Protection
We have taken further steps to reduce our environmental 
impact within our business and our supply chains by 
reducing the use of plastic packaging, switching to 
paperless client communications and internal reporting, 
promoting the use of energy saving lighting and adding 
more electric and hybrid vehicles to our fleet.

Pillar 2: Social Equality
We have committed to several initiatives to promote equality 
and diversity within our organisation and to support the 
accessibility and diverse requirements of our clients and 
patients. This includes the launch of the Equality, Diversity 
and Integration Group, sign language and video classes and, 
in November 2019, signing the ‘Time to Change’ pledge 
committing to the change the way we all think and act 
about mental health in the workplace.

Pillar 3: Economic Viability
We have taken steps to ensure the economic sustainability 
of the Group, securing the future for our stakeholders, 
colleagues and patients. In January 2020, CVS refinanced 
the business to enhance the future security thereof. The 
CVS Careline call centre creates new jobs while giving 
veterinary care to patients previously unable to access it.

40

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Key areas of focus
The following key areas are the guiding principles that underpin our approach to sustainability. 

Our people
We are committed 
to creating an 
environment that 
people enjoy and this 
commitment extends 
to both visitors and 
employees. Our 
people are our most 
important asset and 
enable the Group to 
deliver its strategy.

Values, policies 
and standards
Our values are at the 
heart of how we work 
and they provide the 
inextricable link that 
ties all of these 
things together.

Health, safety and 
environment
We have a zero-harm 
vision for our people, 
the environment we 
work in, our customers 
and our suppliers.

Stakeholder 
engagement
Our vision is to be the 
veterinary company 
people most want 
to work for whilst 
providing a 
growing return to 
our shareholders.

Environment calling
At our new Careline call centre facility in Wetherby, we 
have taken multiple steps to deliver our environmental 
goals. The property also houses CVS operational 
space, offices and our first dedicated clinical training 
and catering facility: the Knowledge Hub.

Environmental impact was considered early in the 
design stages, leading to the building being fully equipped 
with the latest energy saving technology including:

 > LED lights throughout;

 > passive infrared (“PIR”) sensor light switches;

 > centrally controlled hibernation modes on 

IT equipment;

 > instant boiling water taps; and

 > smart meter technology.

The traditional boiler and wet heating system was 
removed from the property and replaced with air 
source heating and cooling, consuming far less energy 
and providing ultimate control of the heat in various 
zones in the building.

Outside of the building, the Wetherby office will 
be equipped with charge points for electric vehicles 
and has a bicycle shelter and shower facilities 
to encourage cycling to and from work.

In addition to energy conservation, the facility 
has a recycling programme with multiple waste 
stations throughout.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

41

The Strategic ReportPrincipal risks and uncertainties

Ensuring risk is appropriately 
managed across the Group

Risk management structure
The Board has overall responsibility for ensuring risk is 
appropriately managed across the Group. The day-to-day 
identification, management and mitigation of risk is 
delegated to the Group’s senior management.

Principal risk occurrence

Critical

Risk registers are prepared which evaluate the risks most 
likely to impact the Group. Staff across the business are 
involved in the process to ensure all potential areas of risk 
are adequately identified and recorded. Controls that are 
currently in place are assessed in order to determine the 
extent to which they mitigate risk and actions are determined 
where it is considered appropriate to reduce risk further. 

t
c
a
p
m

I

The Group’s businesses are subject to a wide variety of risks. 
Some of the most significant risks are explained below 
together with details of actions that have been taken to 
mitigate these risks.

The key roles and delegated responsibilities

5

1

Significant

8

11

7

10

6

12

4

Moderate

Minor

3

2

9

Audit Committee

Internal audit

Remote

Possible

Likely

Very likely

Executive 
Management team

Collectively 
responsible for 
managing risks.

Assists the Board 
to fulfil its corporate 
governance duties 
and oversees 
responsibilities in 
relation to financial 
reporting, internal 
control and the risk 
management 
structure. 

Holds meetings with 
risk owners across 
the business, 
updates the 
individual risk 
registers, assessing 
the risk ratings and 
documenting the 
controls in place to 
mitigate each risk, 
and recommends 
improvements and 
corrective actions.

Risk appetite 
The effectiveness of our risk management approach 
relies upon a culture of transparency and openness that 
is encouraged by both the Board and senior management. 
The Group’s appetite for risk is considered low; whilst 
some risk is required in order to develop the business and 
invest in future growth, the Group has no appetite for major 
risks which cannot be effectively mitigated through 
appropriate controls.

42

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

1

  Key staff

2    Economic environment

3   Competition

4   Adverse publicity

5   Information technology

6    Changes in 

industry regulations

7     Failure to source 

pharmaceutical supplies

Probability

8    Ability to source and 
integrate acquisitions

9    Failure to comply with 

health and safety legislation

10    Failure to comply with 
appropriate corporate 
legislation or regulatory 
requirements

11     Failure to comply with terms 

of bank facilities or to 
refinance the business

12    Future pandemic 
or lockdown

Assessment of principal risks
During the year the Board undertook a robust, in-depth and 
comprehensive assessment of the emerging and principal 
risks facing the Group and specifically those that might 
threaten the delivery of its strategic business model, its 
future performance, solvency or liquidity. A summary 
of the principal risks and uncertainties that could impact 
on the Group’s performance is shown on pages 43 to 53.

Risk management framework

Board

Executive Committee

Audit and Risk 

Committee

Internal audit

Internal controls

Group risk management

Employees

COVID-19
The Board has reviewed the risks and opportunities that 
may arise through COVID-19 or similar pandemic and as 
a result has implemented a number of risk management 
plans in areas which could be impacted. The medium to 
longer-term effects of COVID-19 remain unclear but the 
Board and Executive Committee continue to monitor 
developments and plan accordingly.

The key risk areas for COVID-19 are:

 > Our people – The current COVID-19 pandemic has the 
potential to cause a significant impact on the Group’s 
business. It has impacted staffing levels with the need 
for employees to self-isolate and others required to 
work from home. This may have a significant impact 
on our ability to effectively staff practices and provide 
ongoing care to our patients. 

 > The economy – The pandemic could have a significant 
medium-term impact on the economy and clients’ 
ability to spend on their pets. This could affect the 
Group’s ability to comply with its bank facilities and 
the availability of liquidity in the market. Whilst the 
sector has proven resilient in past economic downturns, 
there is considerable uncertainty at the current time.

 > Our supply chain – The COVID-19 pandemic creates 

a new and potentially serious risk to ongoing supplies. 
Manufacturers are taking actions to prevent supply 
issues. However, there is a risk of an ongoing fall in 
the level of supply.

Brexit
Brexit continues to present various risks and 
uncertainties which the Board and senior management 
continue to manage. The key areas of focus are:

 > our people;

 > the economy; and

 > our supply chain.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020 43

The Strategic ReportPrincipal risks and uncertainties continued

Link to 
strategy
Read more on 
pages 20 and 21

1

2

4

Changes in the year
The ability to recruit and 
retain key clinical and 
non-clinical staff has 
increased in the year and 
we have seen a reduction in 
our vet and nurse vacancy 
rates to 6.9% and 3.9% 
respectively. More recently 
we have seen an increase in 
recruitment of high quality 
clinical and non-clinical staff. 

1. Key staff

Description
The Group is exposed to risk 
in relation to the ability to 
attract and retain key staff, 
in particular appropriately 
qualified veterinary surgeons.

The market for veterinary 
surgeons is highly competitive 
and there are insufficient 
UK veterinary surgeons and 
nurses to fill all positions, with 
a resulting reliance on foreign 
nationals. Furthermore, there 
are other changes in the 
industry such as the increasing 
feminisation of veterinary 
surgeons which may have 
an impact in due course. 

As a result of the above 
factors there has been a 
historic increase in the 
veterinary surgeon and 
nurse vacancy rate in the UK 
and a historic increase in 
reliance on locums. 
This has resulted 
in salary cost inflation. 

Mitigating factors
The Group maintains close relationships with UK veterinary 
schools and has a market-leading graduate induction 
programme in place in order to attract and develop 
leading graduates.

The Group has developed a range of training programmes 
for its employees which include clinical, customer service 
and management training. 

The Group has focused on providing more flexible working 
for its employees and increased wellbeing support.

The retention of senior employees is encouraged through 
an annual bonus scheme and a Group LTIP scheme. 
An annual SAYE scheme is in place to incentivise all staff 
and help improve retention.

Staff surveys and exit interviews are undertaken and the 
feedback from these is used to address any common issues 
or concerns.

A highly qualified Recruitment team is in place to facilitate 
the recruitment of employees from the UK and overseas.

The Group’s veterinary vacancy rate and nurse vacancy rate 
are both key performance indicators which are reported 
to the Board each month.

The Home Office has reinstated the role of veterinary 
surgeon on the UK Shortage Occupation List and this 
is a positive step in helping to address the UK shortage 
of veterinary surgeons.

44

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

No change to risk

Increasing risk

Reducing risk

Link to 
strategy
Read more on 
pages 20 and 21

3

4

Changes in the year
The longer term impact of 
the COVID-19 pandemic is 
unknown, but it could have 
a significant medium-term 
impact on the economy and 
clients’ ability to spend on 
their pets. Whilst the sector 
has proven resilient in past 
economic downturns, there 
is considerable uncertainty 
at the current time.

2. Economic environment 

Description
The continued COVID-19 
and Brexit uncertainty, 
and potential further decline 
in the UK economy, could 
result in a reduction in 
consumer confidence 
and spending 
on veterinary services.

Mitigating factors
The veterinary sector has proved to be robust in times of 
past economic downturn and the Board believes that the 
characteristics of our business make it relatively resilient 
to future economic fluctuations.

The Group has diversified the business and provides a 
wide range of integrated veterinary services to small animal, 
equine and farm patients and clients in the UK, the 
Netherlands and the Republic of Ireland.

The Group continues to focus on providing the best levels 
of clinical care and its preventative healthcare schemes 
serve to bond clients to the Group. The Group at the year 
end had 415,000 members of its Healthy Pet Club and has 
8,000 members of its Healthy Horse Programme. These 
schemes, and the Group’s ability to provide end to end 
veterinary services, build client loyalty to the Group 
and increase retention.

The range of businesses within the Group, and our geographic 
expansion, reduces the risk of the impact of any economic 
downturn. The small animal, equine and farm veterinary 
markets have slightly different characteristics and the 
Group’s expansion of its Equine and Farm Animal Divisions 
reduces its risk.

The Group’s Animed Direct business protects the Group 
against an increase in customers who may switch to purchasing 
pharmaceuticals online and performed really well during the 
COVID-19 lockdown. The Group’s own brand products are only 
available in practices and are not available to customers online.

The impact of Brexit on the Group’s business remains uncertain. 
The Board believes that the main risks from Brexit are from 
short-term disruption to its key supplies and from a subsequent 
reduction in economic growth. The Group has taken a number 
of steps to reduce the impact from disruption to its supplies 
including working with manufacturers and wholesalers to 
ensure they increase stocks, developing a new warehouse 
management system and short-term stock building. The 
Board believes that the veterinary industry is relatively resilient 
to economic downturns and hence the impact from Brexit 
is likely to be less than for many industries.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020 45

The Strategic ReportPrincipal risks and uncertainties continued

Link to 
strategy
Read more on 
pages 20 and 21

1

2

3

Changes in the year
The market continues to 
consolidate in the UK and the 
Netherlands; however, the 
Group remains in a strong 
position to grow through 
acquisition with substantial 
headroom in its facilities and 
strong cash generation. 

We will continue to use 
our culture of high clinical 
care and Healthy Pet Club 
subscription scheme to 
attract and retain our clients.

Mitigating factors
The Group focuses on providing the best levels of clinical 
care and customer service to its patients.

The Group’s integrated veterinary platform allows it to provide 
the full range of veterinary services to its clients. The Group 
provides referral services, out of hours provision, buying 
group membership discounts and laboratory and crematoria 
services and these help bond clients to the Group.

The Group continues to invest in high class facilities and 
equipment to provide appropriate clinical service. Employees 
pride themselves on providing the highest levels of clinical 
care and excellent customer service. New peripatetic 
services are being launched to facilitate greater access 
to specialist care in local practices in order to improve 
customer access to local care.

The Group assesses each acquisition opportunity on its 
own merits and against a clear set of criteria. The Group will 
only make acquisitions at acceptable multiples and where 
it is confident that it will achieve appropriate returns.

The Group regularly reviews the pricing of its products and 
services and seeks to remain competitive in each of the 
business areas in which it operates.

3. Competition

Description
Increasing corporate 
consolidation and 
acquisition of independent 
veterinary practices results 
in a loss of clients to the 
Group. Independent 
practices which currently 
procure services from the 
Group are likely to switch 
their business post 
acquisition by a corporate 
competitor thereby resulting 
in lost revenue to the Group.

Increasing acquisition 
multiples being paid by 
competitors increases the 
value of potential acquisition 
targets and reduces the 
margins available and the 
Group’s ability to successfully 
acquire and integrate 
acquisitions.

Increased price competition 
may limit the Group’s ability 
to pass on increases in 
employment, pharmaceutical 
and other costs and result 
in reduced margins.

46

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

No change to risk

Increasing risk

Reducing risk

4. Adverse publicity

Description
Adverse publicity could 
result in a reduction in 
customer numbers, revenue 
and earnings and in our 
ability to attract and 
retain key staff.

Mitigating factors
The Group aims to provide the highest levels of clinical care 
and has policies and procedures in place to monitor delivery. 

The Group’s practices participate in the RCVS Practice 
Standards Scheme and the Group has to date attained a 
number of “outstanding” awards. The Group is committed 
to an ongoing programme of quality improvement (“QI”) 
and has been awarded the RCVS Knowledge QI Champion 
award. The Group operates clinical advisory committees to 
promote and set appropriate clinical standards and drugs 
lists across the Group. An independent Clinical team 
monitors practice standards and makes recommendations 
for future improvement where appropriate.

The individual branding of our practices reduces the risk of 
any adverse publicity at one practice impacting on another 
or on the wider Group.

The Group has a Marketing/Communications team in place 
which can respond swiftly to any adverse publicity.

Within the veterinary industry, the Group aims to be prominent 
in its representation on national bodies and at industry events 
so as to continue to build its reputation and credibility within 
the industry.

Link to 
strategy
Read more on 
pages 20 and 21

1

3

4

Changes in the year
We continue to monitor 
our clinical standards 
across the Group and have 
a robust quality improvement 
framework for our clinicians 
and practices. We will 
continue to adopt this 
culture going forward and 
implement necessary steps 
to ensure our high standards 
of compliance continue 
whilst continually looking 
for ways to improve.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

47

The Strategic ReportPrincipal risks and uncertainties continued

5. Information technology

Description
The Group is dependent 
on various aspects of 
IT technology and support 
for the continued operation 
of its business. These 
primarily relate to the 
security of data, the 
prevention of cyber-attack, 
and the continuing availability 
of systems throughout 
Group networks.

Mitigating factors
The Group has a number of policies in place that are aimed 
at ensuring the stability and security of our networks and 
systems, whilst at the same time supporting the growth 
of the business.

Access to networks, applications and data is limited to those 
who require it. Where possible, physical access to equipment 
is restricted. Access to networks and applications is restricted 
by passwords which are changed regularly. Permissions are 
set so that access within networks and applications is 
limited as appropriate.

Network security is regularly enhanced with external reviews 
being performed periodically to identify areas of risk. 
Networks and equipment are automatically monitored to 
identify risks and issues, and failover systems are in place 
in key areas. A scheduled programme of equipment and 
software replacement takes place to help ensure that the 
latest security features are available.

Procedures are in place over the development of systems. 
These require full testing on test platforms and, where 
relevant, on a number of test sites before the full 
implementation of any changes.

Systems are regularly backed up to the cloud and the 
recovery of those systems is tested.

The main system used by operations is the practice 
management system in our surgeries. One well established 
and well maintained practice management system is primarily 
used. Each practice system is independent of others and 
most practices can operate for a short period of time without 
access to the internet. This reduces the risk of any issues 
impacting on the business. This system is continually 
developed to meet the needs of the business.

Link to 
strategy
Read more on 
pages 20 and 21

3

4

Changes in the year
As we develop new ways 
to serve our clients and our 
patients and expand remote 
access as required for those 
working from home, our 
information technology 
systems and data security 
are paramount to this strategy. 

The education of colleagues 
in this area will continue to 
mitigate this risk as well as 
continued implementation 
and development of 
our systems. 

48

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

No change to risk

Increasing risk

Reducing risk

6. Changes in industry regulations

Description
The Group’s operations are 
subject to a number of laws 
and regulations and changes 
in these could have a material 
adverse impact to the Group. 

Mitigating factors
The Group operates under a number of laws and regulations 
and Operations teams in each area of the business have 
procedures in place to monitor compliance and also to 
monitor developments and proposed changes.

The Group engages closely with regulatory and legislative 
bodies to promote best practice in veterinary care and to 
maintain awareness of any proposed changes and to lobby 
for changes where considered appropriate. For example, 
the Group believes that its highly skilled veterinary nurses 
should be able to undertake further clinical work and 
continues to lobby for this change.

Specific regulations apply to different parts of the business. 
Policies and procedures are maintained in all areas as 
appropriate. In particular, the practices are subject to various 
clinical regulations. An experienced Director of Clinical 
Governance is responsible for ensuring that policies and 
procedures are in place and that appropriately high 
standards are maintained. Every practice employs an 
individual responsible for clinical governance.

7. Failure to source pharmaceutical supplies 

Description
The Group’s operations 
require it to acquire and 
supply significant quantities 
of pharmaceutical products 
at appropriate prices. The 
majority of medicines are 
purchased through one 
wholesaler and any 
operational issues within 
that supplier could have an 
adverse impact on the 
Group. The Group has 
expanded its operations into 
equine and farm species and 
also into the Netherlands 
and the Republic of Ireland 
and there is a risk that the 
Group fails to achieve 
appropriate prices for 
pharmaceutical products 
in these newer areas.

Mitigating factors
The Group has an appropriate supply agreement in place 
with its major wholesaler to secure supplies. Other wholesalers 
can supply most medicines and hence the Group is confident 
that supplies will be available should the existing CVS wholesaler 
withdraw. CVS has direct relationships with many manufacturers 
which would enable direct supply should any difficulties occur.

The Group has developed an increasing range of own brand 
medicines which are supplied directly to our warehouse in 
Diss for onward supply to our practices. These own brand 
medicines now account for 28% of small animal first opinion 
practice drug sales. 

The Group has developed a new warehouse management 
system with further developments expected to go live in the 
2021 financial year and this will facilitate further growth in 
direct distribution.

The Group undertakes regular reviews with manufacturers 
on drug prices and compares pricing for small animal products 
in the UK, the Netherlands and the Republic of Ireland to 
identify anomalies in pricing. Similarly the Group reviews 
equine and farm drug prices in comparison to small animal.

Link to 
strategy
Read more on 
pages 20 and 21

1

2

3

4

Changes in the year
The RCVS has relaxed rules 
and now allows telemedicine 
providers to prescribe 
medicine remotely and this 
could have a material impact 
on the Group.

Link to 
strategy
Read more on 
pages 20 and 21

1

4

Changes in the year
We continue to monitor 
the Brexit and COVID-19 
uncertainty which may lead 
to an adverse impact on the 
availability of drugs in the UK. 
The main wholesaler and 
manufacturers are building 
stocks in advance of a 
possible exit and the Group 
will also consider increasing 
its own stock levels to 
mitigate any risk of supply 
disruption from Brexit.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

49

The Strategic ReportPrincipal risks and uncertainties continued

Link to 
strategy
Read more on 
pages 20 and 21

3

Changes in the year
With the dedicated team 
to integrate acquisitions in 
place, this risk is improving 
and acquisitions made in 
the year under review 
are all trading in line 
with expectation.

8. Ability to source and integrate acquisitions

Description
The Group has completed 
a number of veterinary 
practice and related 
business acquisitions in 
recent years and these have 
driven significant growth in 
revenue and earnings. 

Acquisition multiples in the 
industry have increased and 
there is a risk that the Group 
is unable to make further 
acquisitions at acceptable 
multiples, or fails to integrate 
them successfully with its 
existing operations.

Mitigating factors
The Group continues to consider opportunities to 
acquire practices that provide veterinary services to small 
animal clients, where the Group is confident that they 
can be acquired at acceptable multiples and can be 
integrated effectively.

In recent years the Group has also acquired practices in 
the Netherlands and the Republic of Ireland. Both of these 
markets, whilst smaller than the UK market, are substantially 
less consolidated and together provide opportunities for 
further growth through acquisition. The Group may consider 
entering other geographic markets in due course where 
they are considered attractive.

The Group has developed a robust approach to assess 
acquisition opportunities against a clear list of criteria and 
offers are only made where practices meet these criteria and 
where the Group is confident that it can generate appropriate 
returns post acquisition and successfully integrate the 
acquisition target with its existing operations. The Operations 
teams, which will be responsible for managing the acquisition 
target post a successful acquisition process, are fully involved 
in the acquisition process before any offers are made. The 
Group employs professional advisors to ensure an appropriate 
due diligence process is undertaken prior to acquisition and 
formal business cases are presented to the Board for approval. 
These business cases clearly set out the rationale for the 
proposed acquisition, the process by which the acquisition 
target will be integrated with the Group, the key priorities 
immediately post acquisition and the expected financial 
returns. Post acquisition, the results of acquisitions are 
reported and monitored separately by the Operations 
teams, by the Executive Committee and by the Board. 
Any learnings to be gained from previous acquisitions 
are used to refine the acquisition process and approach.

50

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

No change to risk

Increasing risk

Reducing risk

9. Failure to comply with health and safety legislation Link to 
strategy
Read more on 
pages 20 and 21

1

3

4

Changes in the year
The Group continues to focus 
on compliance with health 
and safety legislation and 
is working with relevant 
organisations, including 
conducting surveys at all 
of its sites, to ensure a high 
standard of compliance 
across the business. 

Description
The Group’s operations 
involve treating companion, 
equine and farm animals that 
can be in pain and distress. 
Furthermore, some 
veterinary procedures are 
performed outside of the 
Group’s premises at equine 
and farm clients’ premises. 
This naturally results in a risk 
of injury to the Group’s 
employees and to members 
of the public.

The Group’s operations also 
involve the administration 
and supply of pharmaceutical 
products and appropriate 
care needs to be taken in 
their handling and supply.

The Group’s equine and farm 
veterinary surgeons are also 
required to handle firearms 
from time to time and there 
is a risk of personal injury if 
these firearms are not used 
and stored in a safe manner.

The Group operates from a 
number of premises which 
are visited by clients. There 
is a risk of personal injury 
if these premises are not 
appropriately maintained.

Mitigating factors
The Group takes the health and safety of its employees, 
customers and members of the public extremely seriously 
and has a number of policies and procedures in place aimed 
at ensuring full compliance with health and safety legislation 
and ultimately at ensuring there are no adverse issues.

All employees are required to undertake appropriate training 
in order to ensure they are fully equipped to perform their 
duties safely and to minimise the risk of accidents. Employees 
are provided with appropriate facilities and protective 
equipment and clothing in order to perform their duties 
appropriately. Pharmaceutical products and firearms are 
stored in a secure manner in the Group’s premises and in 
ambulatory vehicles and appropriate records are 
maintained to control use.

The Group has a specialist Health and Safety team which 
is responsible for reviewing health and safety risks and for 
making recommendations for improvement where appropriate. 
This team is managed by the Director of Property, Estates and 
Health and Safety reporting directly to the Chief Executive 
Officer. All property areas now report to this Director thereby 
ensuring that health and safety is joined up with facilities 
maintenance and property development.

The Group participates in the RCVS Practice Standards 
Scheme which aims to promote the highest level of clinical 
standards. The Group employs a specialist Clinical team to 
oversee best practice and to identify and address any areas 
of concern which could result in harm to our patients, 
employees and members of the public.

The Group employs third party specialist contractors to 
both advise on and undertake property maintenance and 
development work. Whilst policies and procedures are in 
place to ensure the Group selects appropriately qualified 
contractors and to ensure that such contractors comply 
with health and safety legislation, additional controls are 
being implemented to further enhance oversight in this area.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

51

The Strategic ReportPrincipal risks and uncertainties continued

10.  Failure to comply with appropriate corporate 

legislation or regulatory requirements

Description
The Group is subject to a 
wide range of legislation 
and regulations.

Non-compliance with laws 
and regulations could lead 
to limitations on certain 
areas of the business or 
ultimately fines, penalties 
and the suspension of 
certain operations.

Mitigating factors
The Group is subject to general legislation in the same way as 
other businesses (e.g. on corporate governance, health and 
safety and employment law). The Group has clearly defined 
policies in all relevant areas which are communicated to staff 
and on which staff are trained as appropriate. Suitably qualified 
experts are employed, checks on compliance are carried out 
and policies and practices are updated as new legislation and 
regulations are introduced. The Group obtains insurance 
cover and professional advice from third party experts 
where appropriate.

The Group operates as an Appointed Representative of its pet 
insurance provider and hence is subject to regulation by the 
Financial Conduct Authority. The Group employs suitably 
qualified individuals to ensure compliance with appropriate 
Financial Conduct Authority legislation and works closely 
with its insurance provider in this regard.

11.  Failure to comply with terms of bank facilities 

or to refinance the business

Description
The Group has taken out 
bank lending facilities to 
fund its operations and to 
provide investment for future 
growth. The facilities are for 
a fixed term and are subject 
to compliance with general 
undertakings, reporting 
requirements and financial 
covenants. Failure by the 
Group to comply with the 
terms of the existing 
facilities, or to refinance 
these facilities in due course, 
could result in a lack of 
availability of funding and/or 
increased borrowing costs 
and could ultimately have 
a material adverse impact 
on the Group.

Mitigating factors
The Group maintains suitable bank facilities from a syndicate 
of leading banks with an appropriate term. Committed facilities 
are maintained for a minimum future period comprising term 
debt, a revolving credit facility and an overdraft. Cash flows, 
facility compliance and covenant headroom are reported to 
the Executive Committee and the Board monthly and regular 
meetings are held with the banking syndicate to appraise it 
of financial performance.

Daily cash flow forecasts are maintained for a minimum 
three-month period to enable the Group to understand its 
future borrowing requirements and to enable it to optimise 
its bank drawings and interest costs whilst providing access 
to appropriate funds as required.

Treasury processes are in place to maximise operating cash 
flows and to free up cash for future investment.

The Group is cash generative and in the absence of 
acquisitions the Group reduces leverage, thereby increasing 
the headroom under financial covenants.

52

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Link to 
strategy
Read more on 
pages 20 and 21

4

Changes in the year
The Group continues to 
monitor the legal and 
regulatory developments 
across the UK, the Netherlands 
and the Republic of Ireland 
and actively take steps to 
ensure the high standards 
of compliance are met 
across the business.

Link to 
strategy
Read more on 
pages 20 and 21

1

2

3

4

Changes in the year
The Group successfully 
extended these facilities in 
January 2020. The term was 
extended to January 2024, 
with an additional one-year 
extension option and an 
additional £100m accordion 
facility, therefore mitigating 
this risk. The risk would 
increase in the event of 
a sustained impact of 
COVID-19 on the economy 
and the business.

No change to risk

Increasing risk

Reducing risk

12. Future pandemic or lockdown

Description
With continued uncertainty 
over COVID-19 and any 
future lockdowns, the 
Group is exposed to a risk 
of being able to undertake 
non-emergency 
veterinary services.

Mitigating factors
During the current COVID-19 pandemic, the Group has 
worked with veterinary regulators RCVS and BVA, to ensure 
the veterinary sector was able to perform essential and 
emergency care.

The Group operates in the UK, the Republic of Ireland and 
the Netherlands and has practices geographically spread 
in these territories. This minimises the impact to the Group 
of localised lockdown. The Group is also diverse in its 
operations with an online pharmacy and pet consumable 
business, providing veterinary care across many animal 
species, including farm animal which are critical to the 
human food chain, laboratory testing work including 
COVID-19 testing and vital crematoria clinical waste.

The Group has launched a telemedicine service for clients 
who are unable to visit practices, providing a triage service 
when travel restrictions are in place. 

Link to 
strategy
Read more on 
pages 20 and 21

1

2

3

4

Changes in the year
The impact of COVID-19 is 
ongoing, however the Group 
adapted to the first phase well 
and had returned to pre- 
COVID-19 levels of revenue 
by the financial year end. The 
Group continues to monitor 
government advice in its 
operational territories and 
actively takes steps to 
mitigate any future impact 
on the Group. 

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

53

The Strategic ReportBoard of Directors and Company Secretary

Our effective and 
experienced leadership

A

R

N

A

R

N

A

R

N

A

R

N

Richard Connell (65) 
Non-Executive Chairman

Mike McCollum (53) 
Non-Executive Director

Deborah Kemp (59) 
Non-Executive Director

Richard Gray (63)
Non-Executive Director

Appointment to the Board
Richard was appointed to the 
Board in September 2007.

Appointment to the Board
Mike was appointed 
to the Board in April 2013.

Appointment to the Board
Deborah was appointed 
to the Board in January 2018.

Appointment to the Board
Richard was appointed 
to the Board in July 2020.

Career and experience
Richard is a Chartered 
Accountant and worked in 
investment management with 
3i Group, Invesco and HSBC. 
Previously he was Chairman of 
Dignity plc, Mercury Pharma 
and Ideal Stelrad Group. 

Career and experience
Mike was Chief Executive 
Officer of Dignity plc, a 
FTSE-listed provider of funeral 
services, until 3 April 2020. 
Like CVS, this is a multi-site, 
acquisitive service business. 
As Finance Director he was a 
prime mover in the 2002 
leveraged buyout, the whole- 
business securitisation in 
2003 and the IPO in 2004. 
He became Chief Executive 
Officer in 2009. Mike is a 
solicitor and holds an MBA 
from the University of Warwick. 

Committee membership
Richard was Chairman of 
the Audit Committee until 
16 July 2020. Richard is 
a member of all three 
Board Committees.

Committee membership
Mike was Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee 
until 21 July 2020, when he 
assumed chairmanship of 
the Audit Committee. He is 
a member of all three Board 
Committees and is the Senior 
Independent Director.

54 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Career and experience
Deborah has held a variety of 
Chief Executive Officer roles in 
the consumer and hospitality 
sector, including as a FTSE 100 
main board Director at Punch 
Taverns PLC. Her career started 
at Bass PLC as a Chartered 
Surveyor, subsequently holding 
key strategic roles in the 
evolution and growth of the 
Punch Taverns pub company. 
Following a period in private 
equity and a trade sale of Laurel 
Funerals, she is now a Director 
of Vennco Limited and a 
consultancy and interim specialist 
in the consumer-facing retail 
and hospitality sector, and 
assists multi-site businesses 
through growth change 
and transformation.

Committee membership
Deborah was Chair of the 
Nomination Committee 
until 21 July 2020, when she 
assumed chairmanship of the 
Remuneration Committee. She 
is a member of all three Board 
Committees.

Career and experience
Richard is a career investment 
banker who has extensive 
capital markets and corporate 
finance experience and has 
held senior positions in London 
and New York. He is a Director 
of Zeus Capital Limited and 
Non-Executive Board Director 
of BMO Private Equity Trust PLC. 
He has previously worked 
with Panmure Gordon, Lazard, 
Charterhouse and UBS. He is a 
member of the strategic board of 
Banco Finantia, a Non-Executive 
Director of Alpha Real Capital LLP 
and Vice Chairman of 
Invescore Group.  

Committee membership
Richard was appointed 
Chairman of the Nomination 
Committee on 21 July 2020, 
and is a member of all three 
Board Committees.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A

R

N

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

Nomination Committee

Chairman of Committee

Richard Fairman (53) 
Chief Executive Officer

Ben Jacklin (36)
Chief Operating Officer

Robin Alfonso (41)
Chief Financial Officer

Juliet Dearlove (52) 
Company Secretary

Appointment to the Board
Richard was appointed as 
a Director in August 2018 and 
was appointed as Chief Financial 
Officer in October 2018, and 
then as Chief Executive Officer 
in November 2019. 

Career and experience
Richard spent six and a half 
years at the RAC Group, 
including as Chief Financial 
Officer since 2016. Prior to this, 
Richard qualified as a Chartered 
Accountant at Ernst & Young, 
later working at 
PricewaterhouseCoopers (now 
PwC), following which Richard 
held roles including Finance 
Director of Virgin Money, CFO 
of Central Trust and Finance 
Director of Virgin Money Giving.

Appointment to the Board
Ben was appointed as a Director 
and Chief Operating Officer 
in November 2019. 

Appointment to the Board
Robin was appointed as 
a Director and Chief Financial 
Officer in November 2019. 

Appointment to the Board
Juliet was appointed as 
Company Secretary 
in June 2020. 

Career and experience
Ben is responsible for the 
leadership and performance 
of all established CVS operations, 
including small animal practices, 
referral hospitals, farm animal 
practices, and our laboratory, 
crematoria, marketing and 
learning, education and 
development departments. Ben 
joined CVS in 2015 and, prior to 
his appointment to the Board, 
led the Veterinary Practice 
Division across all CVS 
territories, and prior to that the 
Small Animal Division and 
Equine Division. Ben qualified 
as a Veterinary Surgeon from 
Cambridge University, and is 
an ECVS and RCVS recognised 
specialist in equine surgery. 

Career and experience
Robin spent eight years at the 
RAC Group, initially as Group 
Financial Controller and latterly 
as Divisional Finance Director of 
its largest commercial division 
and profit centre, Consumer 
Roadside and Marketing. Prior 
to this, Robin qualified as a 
Chartered Accountant at 
PricewaterhouseCoopers 
(now PwC), following which 
he moved to Aviva where 
he performed a technical 
accounting role.

Career and experience
Juliet has worked as a Company 
Secretary of listed companies 
for over 25 years, initially at the 
motor retail group H.R. Owen plc, 
then the privately owned 
international money broking 
group Prebon Yamane, 
including during its takeover by 
Collins Stewart Tullett in 2004, 
and most recently spending ten 
years at J.P. Morgan advising 
FTSE 250-listed investment 
trusts. She qualified as a 
Solicitor in 1993. She was a 
co-founder and Non-Executive 
Director of Board Apprentice.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

55

Corporate Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance statement

A framework for 
Board effectiveness

Principles of corporate governance
The purpose of this report is to provide our shareholders 
and stakeholders with information on how the Company is 
managed and the roles of the Directors and the Committees 
and to set out the Company’s compliance with the FRC UK 
Corporate Governance Code 2018 (“the Code”). The report 
also sets out the Group’s internal management controls while 
risk management details are available on pages 42 to 53.

This Annual Report and Financial Statements should, overall, 
provide information that enables shareholders to assess how 
the Directors have performed their duties under Section 172 
of the Companies Act 2006 to promote the success of the 
Company for the benefit of its members as a whole. For further 
information on stakeholder engagement see pages 18 and 19.

Compliance statements
During the year to 30 June 2020, the Company has complied 
with the principles set out in the Code save as reported 
within this Corporate Governance Statement. Where the 
Company feels that it has not complied with the principles 
or the provisions, a full explanation is provided. The following 
paragraphs consist of compliance statements.

The purpose of the Company is to provide the best possible 
care for animals. The Board has consulted extensively with 
the employees over this objective and it is firmly believed 
that where this is achieved, the Company will best meet 
its responsibilities to stakeholders.

There is a clear link between 
the Company’s corporate 
governance and the delivery 
of the Group’s strategy.”
Juliet Dearlove 
Company Secretary

56 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Board of Directors –  
leadership and division of responsibilities

Audit Committee
Key responsibilities:

 > reviewing and monitoring financial reporting;

 > internal control and risk management;

 > whistleblowing procedures; and

 > monitoring internal and external audit arrangements.

Remuneration Committee
Key responsibilities:

 > monitors and reviews Executive Management 

remuneration and benefits;

 > monitoring and reviewing Group remuneration policies;

laboratories and crematoria. Acquisition activities have been 
reduced over the second half of the financial year as a result 
of the impact of COVID-19.

The Company considers the Chairman and all Non-Executive 
Directors to be independent, and that all four have been so 
since appointment.

During the year under review, on 5 November 2019, Richard 
Fairman was appointed as Chief Executive Officer, replacing 
Simon Innes. On 28 November 2019, Ben Jacklin and Robin 
Alfonso joined the Board and became Chief Operating 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer respectively. 

The business of the Company and its subsidiaries is the 
combined responsibility of the Board, which is responsible 
for controlling and leading the Group. The Board’s 
responsibilities include:

 > setting the strategy of the Group and making major 

 > reviewing Executive Director performance in light 

strategic decisions;

of remuneration packages; and

 > making recommendations regarding LTIP terms 

and conditions, and awards.

Nomination Committee
Key responsibilities:

 > making recommendations on all Board appointments 

and succession planning;

 > monitoring and reviewing the Board composition; and

 > co-ordination of annual evaluation of the Board 

and Committees.

At 30 June 2020 the Board of Directors consisted of 
six members, including a Non-Executive Chairman and 
two other Non-Executive Directors. Since the financial year 
end, on 16 July 2020, the Board appointed a further Non-
Executive Director, Richard Gray. The Board presents a wide 
range of experience including: customer-facing multi-site 
companies, mergers and acquisitions, financial, operational 
and organisational, and no one individual or small group of 
individuals dominates the Board’s decision-making process.

The Company achieves shareholder returns through growth, 
both organically, and through the acquisition of practices, 

 > approving other significant operational matters;

 > agreeing annual budgets and monitoring results;

 > monitoring funding requirements and forecasting;

 > reviewing the risk profile of the Group and ensuring 

adequate internal controls are in place;

 > approving acquisitions of more than £1.0m and all 

major capital expenditure; and

 > proposing dividends to shareholders.

All Directors are able to take independent professional advice 
on the furtherance of their duties if necessary. They also have 
access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary 
and, where it is considered appropriate and necessary, 
training is made available to Directors. All Directors receive 
updates on the duties and responsibilities of being a Director 
of an AIM-listed company. This covers legal, accounting and 
tax matters, as required. The Company maintains appropriate 
insurance cover in respect of any legal action against its 
Directors. The level of cover is currently £50.0m.

The Board identifies Mike McCollum as the Senior 
Independent Director and he is available to the other 
Directors and shareholders to discuss any matters relating 
to the Chairman. 

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

57

Corporate GovernanceCorporate governance statement continued

Board of Directors –  
leadership and division of responsibilities continued
Richard Connell was appointed on 1 September 2007 and 
has accordingly served more than nine years. The Code 
indicates that one example which may affect independence 
is if a Non-Executive Director has served for more than nine 
years from the date of appointment. It also recognises that 
the period can be extended for a limited time, to facilitate 
effective succession planning and the development of a 
diverse Board. The Non-Executive Directors continue to 
review the Chairman’s performance of his roles and 
responsibilities and believe that the skills, knowledge and 
experience that Richard Connell brings to the role mean he is 
suitable to continue as Chairman of the Board. The Board has 
concluded that Richard Connell continues to demonstrate 
objective judgement and promotes a culture of openness 
and debate. The Board is conscious that the previous year 
has been a period of significant change, with the addition 
of a new Non-Executive Director and the changes to the 
Executive Board. Consequently a period of stability is 
desirable. The ongoing review of the Chairman’s performance 
and independence will continue throughout the current 
financial year.

The Non-Executive Directors confirm that they have 
sufficient time to devote to meet their Board responsibilities. 
In addition to the eleven scheduled Board meetings and 
Committee meetings, the Non-Executive Directors make 
themselves available for ad-hoc meetings and fortnightly 
updates and to deal with specific projects or matters arising 
during the year.

The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors meet from time 
to time as appropriate without the Executive Directors present.

When conditions allow, the Non-Executive Directors also 
visit the practices, laboratories and crematoria independently 
to meet with the workforce and develop their understanding 
of the business operations. They are also invited to attend 
the Group’s annual conference and take the opportunity 
to meet colleagues. Deborah Kemp is the dedicated 
Non-Executive Director for employee engagement and 
she consults (in normal times) with employees, which 
has enabled her to develop an extensive knowledge 
of the Company’s business.

This additional exposure to the Group’s operations provides 
the Non-Executive Directors with invaluable experience 
enabling them effectively to provide constructive challenge 
and strategic guidance, to offer specialist advice and to hold 
management to account.

Board

Audit 
Committee

Remuneration
Committee

Nomination
Committee

Number 
of meetings

R Connell
M McCollum
D Kemp
R Fairman
R Alfonso¹
B Jacklin²
S Innes³

11

11
11
11
11
8
8
3

2

2
2
2
2*
1*
1*
1*

2

2
2
2
2*
2*
1*
—

2

2
2
2
2*
1*
1*
—

* 

In attendance by invitation of the respective Committee.

1.   Robin Alfonso was appointed to the Board on 28 November 2019 and has 

attended all Board meetings since this date.

2.   Ben Jacklin was appointed to the Board on 28 November 2019 and has 

attended all Board meetings since this date.

3.  Simon Innes resigned from the Board on 5 November 2019.

Richard Gray joined the Board on 16 July 2020.

The Audit Committee
During the year under review the Committee Chairman was 
Richard Connell. On 21 July 2020 Mike McCollum became 
Chairman of the Committee. All Non-Executive Directors are 
members of the Committee. Richard Connell is a Chartered 
Accountant and Mike McCollum has worked previously as 
the Chief Financial Officer of a FTSE-250 business. Although 
the Chairman of the Board and former Chairman of the 
Audit Committee is a member, the Board believes this to be 
appropriate given his significant financial experience and 
given that the Company is an AIM-listed company, it is only 
required to have two members on the Audit Committee 
under the Code.

The Board considers that the members of the Audit Committee 
have recent and relevant financial expertise, and that the 
Committee as a whole has competence relevant to the 
sector in which the Company operates.

The Audit Committee’s duties primarily concern financial 
reporting, internal control and risk management systems, 
whistleblowing procedures and internal audit and external 
audit arrangements (including auditor independence).

The Audit Committee Report can be found on pages 61 and 62.

The Remuneration Committee
During the year under review the Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee was Mike McCollum. On 21 July 2020 
Deborah Kemp became Chairman of the Committee. 
On 16 July 2020 Richard Gray joined the Committee. 
All Non-Executive Directors are members of the Committee.

The Remuneration Committee has delegated responsibility 
for designing and determining remuneration for the 
Chairman, Executive Directors and next level of senior 
management, as well as the Company Secretary.

58 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

The Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and 
the Chief Operating Officer are invited to attend meetings 
as appropriate but do not participate in discussions relating 
to their own remuneration. The Chairman does not participate 
in discussions relating to his own remuneration.

The Remuneration Committee Report can be found on 
pages 64 to 73.

As an AIM-quoted company, the information provided 
is disclosed to fulfil the requirements of AIM Rule 19. 
CVS Group plc is not required to comply with Schedule 8 
of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008. This information 
is unaudited.

The Nomination Committee
During the year under review the Chairman of the Nomination 
Committee was Deborah Kemp. On 21 July 2020 Richard Gray 
became Chairman of the Committee. All Non-Executive 
Directors are members of the Committee. The Nomination 
Committee meets at least once annually and is responsible 
for reviewing the structure, size and composition, including 
skills, independence, knowledge and experience, of the 
Board. It is also responsible for the co-ordination of the 
annual evaluation of the performance of the Board and of its 
Committees, and for ensuring appropriate succession plans 
are in place. Given the size of the Group and the Company’s 
AIM listing, the Board does not believe external evaluation 
of the Board to be appropriate. All Directors engage in the 
internal evaluation and appropriate action is taken in light 
of the assessment.

The Committee is responsible for making recommendations 
to the Board on all Board appointments and on the 
succession plans for both Executive Directors and 
Non-Executive Directors.

The Nomination Committee Report can be found on page 63.

The Company Secretary
The Company Secretary is responsible for ensuring that 
Board procedures are complied with, advising the Board 
on all governance matters, supporting the Chairman and 
helping the Board and its Committees to function efficiently.

The Company Secretary is also the Group’s Data 
Protection Officer.

Relations with shareholders
Copies of the Annual Report and Financial Statements are 
issued to all shareholders where requested and copies are 
available on the Group’s website (www.cvsukltd.co.uk). 
The Group also uses its website to provide information to 
shareholders and other interested parties. The Company 
Secretary deals with correspondence as and when it arises 
throughout the year.

Typically at our Annual General Meetings shareholders are 
entitled to raise questions and queries, and the Chairman, 
the Chief Executive Officer and other Directors are available 
before and after the meeting for further discussions with 
shareholders. However, given the current COVID-19 risk 
(and any resultant regulatory changes) which could ensue 
during the period between publication of this document 
and the date of the Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) and to 
protect our employees’, local community’s and shareholders’ 
welfare, we have decided not to hold a public AGM this year. 
Shareholders should appoint the Chairman of the meeting 
as their proxy as is more particularly detailed in the 
Notice of AGM. 

The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer 
have regular meetings with institutional investors, private 
client brokers, individual shareholders, fund managers and 
analysts to discuss information made public by the Group.

The Company has been unable to hold an Investors’ Day this 
year, but will endeavour to hold this popular event in the future.

The Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors are always 
available to shareholders on all matters relating to governance 
and strategy. They may be contacted through the Company 
Secretary at company.secretary@cvsvets.com or by writing 
to the Company Secretary at the Company’s registered office.

Audit, risk and internal control
The Board is ultimately responsible for the Group’s system 
of internal control and for reviewing its effectiveness on an 
ongoing basis.

The system is designed to manage rather than eliminate the 
risk of failure to achieve the Group’s strategic objectives, and 
can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance 
against material misstatement or loss.

The key risk management processes and internal control 
procedures include the following:

 > the close involvement of the Executive Directors in all 

aspects of the day-to-day operations, including regular 
meetings with senior staff from across the Group and a 
review of the monthly operational reports compiled by 
senior management;

 > clearly defined responsibilities and limits of authority. 

The Board has responsibility for strategy and has adopted 
a schedule of matters which are required to be brought to 
it for decision;

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

59

Corporate GovernanceCorporate governance statement continued

Remuneration
The Board considers that policies on executive remuneration 
should be transparent. They should be implemented in a 
manner which supports strategy and promotes long-term 
sustainable growth. In addition, remuneration should reflect 
the performance of the Company as well as individuals. 
The Board has delegated to the Remuneration Committee 
responsibility for complying with these aspects of the Code 
and the work of the Remuneration Committee is reported 
in full on pages 64 to 73 of this Annual Report.

By order of the Board

Juliet Dearlove 
Company Secretary
24 September 2020

Audit, risk and internal control continued
 > a comprehensive system of financial reporting, forecasting 
and budgeting. Detailed budgets are prepared annually 
for all parts of the business. Reviews occur through the 
management structure culminating in a Group budget 
which is considered and approved by the Board. Group 
management accounts are prepared monthly and 
submitted to the Board for review. Variances from the 
budget and the prior year are closely monitored and 
explanations are provided for significant variances. 
Independent of the budget process, the Board regularly 
reviews revised profit, cash flow and bank covenant 
compliance forecasts which are updated to reflect 
actual performance trends;

 > a continuous process for identifying, evaluating and 

managing significant risks across the Group together 
with a comprehensive annual review of risks which 
covers both financial and non-financial areas;

 > an independent Internal Audit function that reports 

to the Chairman of the Audit Committee;

 > a central team that checks clinical, and health and safety 

compliance in all parts of the Group; and

 > the Company’s Scheme of Delegation of Financial Authority.

The Board is committed to maintaining high standards of 
business conduct and ethics, and has an ongoing process 
for identifying, evaluating and managing any significant risks 
in this regard.

The internal control procedures are delegated to the 
Executive Directors and senior management and are 
reviewed in light of the ongoing assessment of the Group’s 
significant risks.

Internal audit
The Internal Audit team has implemented and refined the 
audit process focusing on Group finance, tax, payroll, 
company secretarial, IT and the Veterinary Practices Division. 
Performance of the Internal Audit function will continue to 
be reviewed during the current financial year to ensure it 
remains appropriate.

60 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Audit Committee report

Ensuring financial integrity

Mike McCollum
Audit Committee Chairman
Key responsibilities:
 > reviewing and monitoring financial reporting;

 > internal control and risk management;

 > whistleblowing procedures; and

 > monitoring internal and external audit arrangements.

The Audit Committee’s duties primarily concern 
financial reporting, internal control and risk 
management systems, whistleblowing procedures 
and internal audit and external audit arrangements 
(including auditor independence).

Committee composition 
during the year to 30 June 2020

Attendance

Richard Connell

Mike McCollum

Deborah Kemp

2

2

2

During the year under review, the Committee Chairman 
was Richard Connell. On 21 July 2020 Mike McCollum 
became Chairman.

Responsibilities and terms of reference
The Committee is responsible for ensuring that the financial 
performance of the Group is properly monitored and reported, 
for meeting with the external auditor and for reviewing its 
reports relating to financial statements and internal control 
matters. The Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial 
Officer and the Chief Operating Officer are invited to attend 
such meetings, but the Committee also meets with the 
auditor without the Chief Executive, the Chief Financial 
Officer and the Chief Operating Officer being present at 
least once annually. Other members of management are 
invited to present such reports as are required for the 
Committee to discharge its duties.

The agenda of each meeting is linked to the reporting 
requirements of the Group and the Group’s financial 
calendar. Each Audit Committee member has the right to 
require reports on matters relevant to its terms of reference 
in addition to the regular items.

Summary of activity
In the year ended 30 June 2020 and up to the date of this 
report the actions taken by the Audit Committee to discharge 
its duties included:

 > reviewing the 2020 Annual Report and Financial Statements 
and the Interim Report issued in March 2020, including 
significant financial reporting judgements contained 
therein. As part of these reviews the Committee received 
a report from the external auditor on its audit of the annual 
financial statements;

 > advising the Board that the Annual Report and Financial 
Statements is fair, balanced and understandable, and 
provides the information necessary for shareholders to 
assess the Company’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy;

 > reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s internal 

controls and risk management reports received from the 
Group’s internal audit function in respect of its programme 
of internal audit reviews;

 > reviewing the Group’s risk management framework;

 > reviewing the external auditor’s audit planning document, 
with particular reference to the audit approach, planned 
materiality, significant risks as detailed in the Independent 
Auditor’s Report and the audit approach to these risks;

 > reviewing the external auditor’s audit findings memorandum, 

noting conclusions in respect of identified audit risks, 
materiality of adjusted and unadjusted misstatements, 
control observations and suggested improvements in 
the disclosures provided in the Annual Report and 
Financial Statements;

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

61

Corporate GovernanceAudit Committee report continued

Summary of activity continued
 > considering papers prepared by the Chief Financial 

Officer to support the going concern basis of preparation;

 > agreeing the fees to be paid to the external auditor for its 

audit of the 2020 financial statements; and

 > reviewing and monitoring the external auditor’s independence 
and objectivity through regular meetings and conversations 
between the Committee Chairman, the Committee and 
members of the senior finance team, taking into account 
relevant regulations and ethical guidance.

Significant financial reporting risks and judgement 
areas considered
 > Revenue recognition

During the year, we have reviewed the appropriateness of 
the revenue recognised according to the cost profile of 
delivering the performance obligations for our Healthy Pet 
Club scheme. In the year, the Committee also assessed 
the additional adjustments following the delayed treatments 
during the COVID-19 lockdown period ensuring revenue 
was appropriately recorded in accordance with IFRS 15 
Revenue from contracts with customers.

 > Management override

During the year, we have reviewed the appropriateness of 
controls around management override of controls, 
ensuring the controls in place are robust where 
appropriate recommending areas for improvement.

Going concern and viability assessment
The Committee reviewed and advised the Board on the 
Group’s going concern statements included in this Annual 
Report and financial statements and the assessment reports 
prepared by management to support such statements. The 
current and anticipated impact of COVID-19 was considered 
as part of this review. The external auditor discussed the 
statements with the Committee and reviewed the conclusions 
reached by management regarding going concern. 

External auditor
The external auditor was appointed with effect from the year 
ended 30 June 2017 giving a current tenure of four years. 
A tender process was carried out prior to this change. The 
appointment is reviewed and subject to a shareholder vote 
at the AGM on an annual basis. Details of the fees paid to 
Deloitte during the financial year are set out in note 6 to the 
financial statements.

The Committee reviews the effectiveness of the external 
audit process, including discussing feedback from members 
of the senior finance team involved in the audit process.

Non-audit services are first considered by the Chief 
Financial Officer and, where appropriate, referred to the 
Committee. Any approvals would be provided on the basis 
of Group policy. In the year, no non-audit services were 
provided by the external auditor. 

Approval
The members of the Audit Committee have reviewed the 
financial statements and the content of the Annual Report 
and Financial Statements to ensure that it is fair, balanced 
and understandable and, accordingly, the Audit Committee 
resolved to recommend that the Board makes the Directors’ 
Responsibility statement set out on page 76.

Mike McCollum
Audit Committee Chairman
24 September 2020

62 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Nomination Committee report

Ensuring the right skills 
and experience

Board appointments and resignations
During the year the Nomination Committee oversaw the 
appointment of Robin Alfonso as Chief Financial Officer, 
Ben Jacklin as Chief Operating Officer and Richard Gray as 
Non-Executive Director following an executive search and 
comprehensive interview process overseen by the Chairman 
and the Chief Executive Officer. The Board has an extensive 
network of contacts therefore an external search consultant 
was not used.

Simon Innes resigned from the Board as Chief Executive 
Officer on 5 November 2019 and Richard Fairman, 
previously Chief Financial Officer, was promoted to Chief 
Executive Officer following a comprehensive interview 
overseen by the Chairman. 

Board evaluation and effectiveness
The Nomination Committee scrutinises the performance of 
the Executive Directors, taking into account the performance 
of the business against agreed plans. The Nomination 
Committee also considers the other commitments of 
Directors and is satisfied that all Directors devote appropriate 
time to the Company’s affairs. 

The Committee is responsible for ensuring that succession 
plans are in place for the Directors and the Executive 
Management team, so that orderly succession is achieved. It 
is important that a diverse pipeline for succession is developed 
in line with the Company’s strategy on pages 20 and 21. The 
gender balance of those in the senior management, which, 
in accordance with the Code, we consider to be the Executive 
Committee and the Company Secretary, is three women 
and five men.

Following a period of change for the Board it was determined 
that the annual evaluation of performance of the Board, its 
Committees, the Chairman and individual Directors held in 
September 2020. This formal and rigorous evaluation is yet 
to be concluded, and its recommendations will be 
implemented during the year to June 2021.

Richard Gray
Nomination Committee Chairman
24 September 2020

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

63

Richard Gray
Nomination Committee Chairman
Key responsibilities:
 > making recommendations on all Board appointments 

and succession planning;

 > monitoring and reviewing the Board composition; and

 > co-ordination of annual evaluation of the Board 

and Committees.

The Committee is comprised of Non-Executive Directors. 
The primary purpose of the Committee is to lead the 
process for Board appointments and to make 
recommendations to the Board to achieve the optimal 
composition of the Board having regard to:

 > its size and composition;

 > ensuring that it consists of individuals who are best 
able to discharge the responsibilities of Directors;

 > the extent to which the required skills, experience 

or attributes are represented; and

 > the need to maintain the highest standards 

of corporate governance.

The Board recognises the importance of having a diverse 
Board and workforce and encourages reviewing ways of 
working to ensure candidates from all backgrounds can apply. 
Each appointment of a Board member or senior executive 
is made on merit and the best candidate will be appointed. 
The Board recognises that further steps can be taken to 
improve the diversity of the Group at all levels and across 
all business streams, and continues to work towards this aim.

Committee composition 
during the year to 30 June 2020

Attendance

Richard Connell

Mike McCollum

Deborah Kemp

2

2

2

During the year under review, the Committee Chair 
was Deborah Kemp. On 21 July 2020 Richard Gray 
became Chairman.

Corporate GovernanceRemuneration Committee report – unaudited

Delivering the long-term 
potential of CVS

As an AIM-quoted company, the information provided 
is disclosed to fulfil the requirements of AIM Rule 19. 
CVS Group plc is not required to comply with Schedule 8 
of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008. The information 
is unaudited.

Remuneration policy
The design of remuneration policies, structures and 
schemes is a crucial part of the Remuneration Committee’s 
role. The remuneration policy in respect of Executive 
Directors is designed to ensure that the Group achieves its 
potential and increases long-term shareholder value. With 
regard to basic salary, the objective is to ensure that the 
Group attracts and retains high calibre Executives with the 
skills, experience and motivation necessary to direct and 
manage the affairs of the Group. Annual bonuses and LTIPs 
are seen as an important part of each Director’s total 
remuneration and are designed to drive and reward 
exceptional performance and align the interests of the 
Executive Directors with the shareholders over the long 
term. Performance conditions are selected to reflect the 
Company’s and shareholders’ objectives. The policy also 
provides for post-retirement benefits through contributions 
to Executive Directors’ personal pension schemes, together 
with other benefits such as a company car and life and 
medical insurance.

Performance and decisions  
on remuneration taken in 2019/20
Salaries are reviewed annually and benchmarked against 
similar listed companies with changes effective in January. 
With this in mind, the Remuneration Committee decided to 
increase the salary of the Chief Operating Officer (“COO”) 
by 1% to £300,000 and to increase the salary of the Chief 
Financial Officer (“CFO”) by 1% to £165,000. The Committee 
proposes, over the short to medium term, to bring the salary 
of the CFO into line with market practice. On 5 November 2019, 
Simon Innes resigned as Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and 
Richard Fairman (previously CFO) was appointed as CEO 
from this date. With this change in effect, the Remuneration 
Committee decided to reduce the salary of the new CEO 
to £400,000 (this is a 5% decrease compared to the CEO 
salary published in the 2018/19 year).

Deborah Kemp

Remuneration Committee Chair 
Key responsibilities:
 > monitoring and reviewing Group remuneration policies;

 > reviewing Executive Director performance 
considering remuneration packages; and

 > making recommendations regarding LTIP terms 

and conditions, and awards.

Committee composition 
during the year to 30 June 2020

Attendance

Richard Connell

Mike McCollum

Deborah Kemp

2

2

2

During the year under review, the Committee Chairman 
was Mike McCollum. On 21 July 2020 Deborah Kemp 
became Chair. 

64 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

2019 Annual General Meeting (“AGM”)
The advisory vote to approve the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report at our 2019 AGM was supported by 87.6% of votes 
cast. While pleased with the overall level of support, the 
Committee noted that one larger shareholder voted against 
this resolution and the principal points made by this shareholder, 
which related to applying a two-year post-vesting holding 
period to LTIP awards and introducing an element of bonus 
deferral. The Committee considered these points again and, 
considering executive remuneration in the round in the 
context of the Company’s status as an AIM company, 
determined to make no further changes at this point.

Looking ahead, the Remuneration Committee will continue 
to be guided by policies and procedures recommended by 
the Corporate Governance Code. In particular, we will seek 
to be innovative and to simplify remuneration structures in 
relation to performance-based incentive plans and include 
a range of financial, non-financial and strategic measures 
to deliver value over the long term.

I hope that you find the report helpful and informative 
and I look forward to receiving further feedback from 
our investors on the information presented.

The annual bonus scheme in which the Executive Directors 
participate is based on the achievement of adjusted EBITDA 
performance. For 2019/20, the maximum bonus for the 
CEO was 100% of base pay, for the COO was 100% of base 
pay and for the CFO was 50% of base pay. Due to more 
challenging conditions during the year, the targets were not 
met and no bonus will be payable to the CEO, COO or CFO. 
In December 2019 the Company granted awards under its 
LTIP to the CEO with a value of 125% of salary, to the COO 
with a value of 100% of salary and to the CFO with a value of 
100% of salary. As in previous years, these awards are subject 
to an adjusted EPS real growth performance condition 
measured over three years in addition to the total shareholder 
return benchmarked against the FTSE-250 index (less 
investment trusts) measured over three years. Detail on the 
performance conditions are set out later in this report.

Pre-IFRS 16 adjusted EPS for the year ended 30 June 2020 
was 44.1p. This compares to adjusted EPS of 42.8p for the year 
ended 30 June 2017, a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) 
of 1.4% below inflation. The target CAGR for threshold and 
full vesting of LTIPs issued in January 2018 was 8% and 12% 
above inflation, respectively, and this target has not been 
met and therefore no options granted have vested.

Development of remuneration policy
The Remuneration Committee has reviewed the remuneration 
policy in light of market conditions, performance and 
developments in corporate governance whilst taking 
account of the Company’s status as a larger AIM company.

Early in the year, the Remuneration Committee decided 
to develop the policy in a number of areas and the changes 
made, relating to incentive plans and pension arrangements, 
were summarised in last year’s Remuneration Report. 

Commercial changes
The Remuneration Committee does not propose to make 
substantial changes to the basic structure of remuneration, 
covering salary, pension, benefits, annual bonus and long-term 
incentives, but will make a number of modest changes.

The maximum bonus opportunity of our CFO, Robin Alfonso, 
who joined the Board in November 2019, was 50% of salary 
in the year 2019/20. This will be increased to 100% of salary 
from 2020/21 so that it is competitive and effective. Annual 
bonus will remain subject to a 100% adjusted EBITDA 
performance condition.

A description of how the Company has addressed the matters 
specified in Rule 40 and 41 of the FRC Corporate Governance 
Code is set out under the policy table (on page 69).

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

65

Corporate GovernanceRemuneration Committee report – unaudited continued

Executive Directors’ remuneration policy
This part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report sets out the remuneration policy of the Company with regard to its Directors.

Purpose and link to strategy
Base salary

Operation

Potential remuneration

Performance metrics

Base pay is designed 
to reflect Executive 
Directors’ experience, 
capabilities and role 
within the business.

Salaries are reviewed annually and 
benchmarked against similar listed 
companies with any changes 
effective from 1 January. The 
review takes into account:

The CEO’s base salary was 
reviewed on 1 January 2020 
(the prior review being in 
January 2019) and was 
£400,000.

Not applicable.

To be set at a level 
which is sufficiently 
competitive to recruit 
and retain individuals 
of the appropriate 
calibre to deliver the 
Company’s strategy.

Benefits

To complement basic 
salary by providing 
market competitive 
benefits to attract 
and retain Executive 
Directors.

Pension

To provide retirement 
benefits which, when 
taken together with 
other elements of the 
remuneration package, 
will enable the Company 
to attract and retain 
appropriately qualified 
Executive Directors.

 > Company performance 

and rapid increase in scale 
and complexity;

 > the role, experience and 

performance of the individual 
Director; and

 > average workforce salary 
adjustments within the 
Company.

Reviewed from time to time to 
ensure that benefits, when taken 
together with other elements 
of remuneration, remain 
market competitive.

Benefits for the Executive Directors 
currently include the provision 
of a company car and medical 
and life insurance.

The COO’s base salary was 
reviewed on 1 January 2020 
(the prior review being on 
appointment on 1 January 
2019) and was increased 
by 1% to £300,000.

The CFO’s base salary was 
reviewed on 1 January 2020 
and was increased by 1% 
to £165,000.

The cost of providing these 
benefits varies year on 
year depending on the 
schemes’ premiums. The 
Remuneration Committee 
monitors the overall cost 
of the benefits package.

The CEO received a payment 
in lieu of pension.

The COO and CFO participate 
in a defined contribution 
pension arrangement. 

Pension arrangements, including 
contribution rates, for new 
Executive Directors will be aligned 
with those of the majority of the 
UK workforce.

The CEO is entitled 
to a Company pension 
contribution of 12%. 
This is taken as a payment 
in lieu of a pension.

The COO is entitled 
to a Company pension 
contribution of 10%.

The CFO is entitled 
to a Company pension 
contribution of 8%. 

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

For the CEO, where a payment 
is taken in lieu of a pension it 
is reduced by the amount of 
the Company’s liability to pay 
National Insurance on the 
contribution. Only basic salary 
is pensionable.

66 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
Purpose and link to strategy
Annual bonus

To drive and reward 
exceptional 
performance.

Operation

Potential remuneration

Performance metrics

The Executive Directors are eligible 
to participate in a discretionary, 
annual, performance related bonus 
scheme. Targets are set at the 
beginning of each year based 
on the recommendations of the 
Remuneration Committee.

Bonuses are paid in cash based 
on audited financial results. 
Commencing financial year 
2018/19, annual bonus payments 
are subject to a clawback provision.

During the year under review, 
the maximum capped bonus 
potential for the CEO is 100% 
of salary, COO is 100% of salary 
and CFO is 50% of salary.

From 2020/21 the maximum 
capped bonus potential for all 
Executive Directors is 100%.

Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)

To drive and reward 
exceptional 
performance.

To align the interests 
of Executive Directors 
and shareholders.

From 2018, the Remuneration 
Committee would in normal 
circumstances expect to 
make annual LTIP awards to 
the CEO of 125% of salary and 
the COO and CFO of 100% 
of salary. 

The maximum annual award 
permissible under the 2017 
plan rules in exceptional 
circumstances is 200% 
of salary.

The Executive Directors are entitled 
to be considered for the grant of 
awards under the LTIP. The awards 
take the form of nominal cost 
options over a specified number of 
Ordinary shares. Awards are not 
transferable or assignable. Awards 
are released to participants after a 
performance period of three years, 
subject to certain performance 
and service conditions being met. 
25% of awards vest at threshold 
performance for LTIP11 and LTIP12 
and 12.5% for LTIP13.

The LTIP rewards the future 
performance of the Executive 
Directors and certain other 
employees by linking the size 
of the award to the achievement 
of Group performance targets.

Participation is at the discretion 
of the Remuneration Committee. 
Awards will typically be made 
annually based on a percentage 
of annual salary. The Remuneration 
Committee sets performance 
conditions at the time of the award. 
The 2017 plan rules, amongst other 
things, include clawback provisions 
and a limitation to ensure that new 
shares issued, when aggregated 
with all other employee share 
awards, must not exceed 10% 
of issued share capital over 
any ten-year period.

For the years ended 30 June 
2020 and ending 30 June 
2021, the targets are based 
on adjusted EBITDA. The 
target is adjusted to take 
account of acquisitions made 
in the course of the year and 
exceptional items. The level 
of payment commences from 
zero at the threshold target 
increasing on a straight-line 
basis to full payment at the 
maximum target.

Up to and including 2018, 
an adjusted EPS CAGR real 
growth target is applied 
to awards.

The adjusted EPS reflects 
adjustments for amortisation 
of intangibles, costs of 
business combinations, 
income tax and exceptional 
items.

From 2019, awards will be 
subject 50% to an EPS growth 
target, as previously, and 50% 
subject to a relative TSR 
performance condition 
against the FTSE 250 
companies excluding 
investment trusts.

In addition and irrespective of 
the targets, no award will vest 
unless, in the opinion of the 
Remuneration Committee, the 
underlying performance of 
the Group has been 
satisfactory over the 
measurement period.

An amendment to the 2017 
plan was made in 2019 to 
ensure that the Committee 
has discretion to vary payouts 
in the event of exceptional 
negative events and to 
override formulaic outcomes.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

67

Corporate Governance 
 
 
Remuneration Committee report – unaudited continued

Executive Directors’ remuneration policy continued

Purpose and link to strategy
Shareholding guideline

Operation

To incentivise 
executives to achieve 
the Company’s 
long-term strategy 
and create sustainable 
shareholder value. 
To align with 
shareholder interests.

Target value to be achieved 
over five years: 

CEO – 100% of salary.

COO – 100% of salary.

CFO – 100% of salary.

Potential remuneration

Performance metrics

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

In relation to both annual bonus and LTIP awards, the Remuneration Committee may, in line with the UK Corporate Governance 
Code, exercise its discretion to override formulaic outcomes, including to reflect overall corporate performance and the 
experience of shareholders of the Company and if the business has suffered an exceptional negative event. Malus and 
clawback provisions are effective for three years from the date bonus is paid. Issues which may trigger malus and clawback 
include discovery of misstatement of the financial results, error in assessing the achievement of the performance 
conditions. Other circumstances include the individual being found guilty of misconduct.

Save As You Earn (“SAYE”)
The Group operates a savings scheme for all staff, including the Executive Directors, being the CVS SAYE plan. A SAYE 
scheme is operated for each calendar year. Under the 2019, 2018 and 2017 schemes the awards were made at a 10% 
discount to the closing mid-market price on the day preceding the date of invitation. There are no performance conditions 
attached to any of the SAYE schemes.

Policy on Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration
The Chairman and the other Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration comprises only directorship fees. They are reviewed 
annually with changes effective from 1 January each year. The Chairman’s and the Non-Executive Directors’ fees are 
approved by the Board on the recommendation of the CEO. The Non-Executive Directors are not involved in any decisions 
about their own remuneration. The Chairman and the other independent Non-Executive Directors are entitled to be 
reimbursed for reasonable expenses.

Details of the fees paid for 2019/20 are set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration.

The current fees are as follows:

Director

R Connell
M McCollum
D Kemp
R Gray

£122,504
£49,833
£49,833
£43,500

Executive Directors’ service agreements
Richard Fairman was appointed on 19 July 2018. His most recent service agreement is dated 10 September 2020. The CEO’s 
agreement can be terminated by either the CEO or the Company on twelve months’ notice. Ben Jacklin joined the Company 
on 7 September 2015. His most recent service agreement is dated 18 September 2020. The COO’s agreement can be 
terminated by either the COO or the Company on twelve months’ notice. Robin Alfonso joined the Company on 8 July 2019. His 
most recent service agreement is dated 22 September 2020. The CFO’s agreement can be terminated by either the CFO or 
the Company on twelve months’ notice. As well as an annual salary, the service contracts also detail the provision of other 
benefits including performance related bonuses, medical and life insurance, a car allowance and contributions to personal 
pension plans.

68 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

 
Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment
Richard Connell was appointed on 4 October 2007. His most recent service agreement is dated 23 September 2020 and is 
for a one-year term ending on 22 September 2021. Mike McCollum was appointed on 2 April 2013. His most recent service 
agreement is for a one-year term ending on 22 September 2021. These appointments can be terminated by the Company or 
the Directors by giving three months’ notice. Deborah Kemp was appointed on 2 January 2018 for a three-year term ending 
on 1 January 2021. Her appointment can be terminated by the Company or herself by giving six months’ notice. Richard Gray 
was appointed on 16 July 2020 for a three-year term ending 16 July 2023. His appointment can be terminated by the 
Company or himself by giving six months’ notice.

Further items specified under Rule S40 and Rule S41 of the FRC Code
The Remuneration Committee believes remuneration is appropriate in light of the skills and experience of the Executive 
Directors, the need for differentials between different levels of seniority and in the context of the amounts and structure 
of remuneration at comparable UK companies.

Mindful of provision 40 of the Code, the Remuneration Committee will continue to consider factors including clarity, simplicity, 
risk, predictability, proportionality and alignment to culture. The Remuneration Committee believes that the Company’s 
remuneration practices are clear and simple, as laid out in this Remuneration Report. The Committee has always been 
conscious of reputational and other risks in managing remuneration and taking decisions. Malus and clawback provisions, 
and the Remuneration Committee’s ability to exercise discretion within the policy, all override formulaic outcomes and 
support the mitigation of risks. The Committee believes that the range of possible values of rewards is clearly identified 
and explained in this report that the rewards and potential rewards are proportionate and do not reward poor performance 
and that remuneration arrangements are aligned with Company culture.

The Remuneration Committee believes that the policy operated as intended in terms of Company performance and quantum 
during 2019/20. The Company engaged with major shareholders on remuneration during 2019/20. The Committee did not 
engage with the workforce in respect of executive remuneration during 2019/20. The Committee did not apply discretions 
in respect of the operation of the annual bonus or LTIP during 2019/20.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

69

Corporate GovernanceRemuneration Committee report – unaudited continued

Annual Report on Remuneration

Introduction
This Annual Report on Remuneration sets out information about the remuneration of the Directors of the Company 
for the year ended 30 June 2020.

Membership and role of the Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee is appointed by the Board, and comprises Deborah Kemp as Chairman, Richard Connell, 
Mike McCollum and Richard Gray. The role of the Remuneration Committee is to determine and recommend to the Board 
the remuneration policy for the Executive Directors. This includes base salary, annual and long-term incentive awards 
and pension arrangements.

Advisors
During the year, the Company engaged h2glenfern, a remuneration advisory practice, to provide advice on the new LTIP 
and the overall development on executive remuneration. Moving forward we will continue to assess against pay ratios 
and pay gaps. The Board is satisfied that h2glenfern is independent and has no connection to any individual Director.

Remuneration of the Executive Directors
Directors’ emoluments

Executive Directors
S Innes*

* Resigned 5 November 2019

N Perrin*

* Resigned 28 September 2018

R Fairman

R Alfonso*

* Appointed 28 November 2019

B Jacklin*

* Appointed 28 November 2019

Non-Executive Chairman
R Connell

Non-Executive Directors
M McCollum

D Kemp

Basic salary 
allowance, 
fees and
other
payments 
£’000

Benefits 
in kind 
£’000

Performance 
related 
bonus 
£’000

Pension 
£’000

Value of 
share LTIP 
awards vested 
during the 

year ** 

£’000

Total 
£’000

2020
2019

2020
2019

2020
2019

2020
2019

2020
2019

2020
2019

2020
2019

2020
2019

743
416

—
89

328
232

102
—

185
—

107
113

44
46

44
46

36
38

—
12

10
9

8
—

16
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

11
44

—
9

40
28

8
—

18
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
282

—
208

—
—

—
—

7
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

790
780

—
318

378
269

118
—

226
—

107
113

44
46

44
46

**  The value of the share LTIP awards vested during the year is calculated using the share price at date of grant and the number of shares vested.

Benefits in kind include the provision of a company car and medical and life insurance for each Executive Director. 

All Directors waived 20.0% of their basic salaries and fees from March 2020 to June 2020 due to COVID-19. No Directors 
waived emoluments in respect of the year ended 30 June 2019.

70 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The remuneration of the Executive Directors of CVS Group plc is borne by the subsidiary company, CVS (UK) Limited, 
without recharge to CVS Group plc.

R Fairman

B Jacklin

R Alfonso

Bonus 
(% of salary)

Range 
(adjusted EBITDA)

2020

2020

2020

100

100

50

£58.0m to £59.6m

£58.0m to £59.6m

£58.0m to £59.6m

Actual 
£m

55.3

55.3

55.3

Payout 
£m

—

—

—

The Remuneration Committee has continued to operate a policy in line with the Company performance; for example, 
no bonus will be payable to the CEO, COO or CFO in relation to the 2020 financial year as the Company has not met the 
financial targets as set out in the bonus schemes above.

Due to the commercially sensitive nature of the proposed bonus targets, the Committee has decided that the targets will 
not be disclosed for the current financial year. The Committee intends to retrospectively publish annual bonus targets in the 
Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year to June 2021.

Share scheme interests as at 30 June 2020
Details of plans at the reporting date that have not yet vested are set out below.

Award

LTIP11 
LTIP12

Grant date

Vesting period  

17 January 2018
12 October 2018

3 years
3 years

The performance targets for awards LTIP11 and LTIP12 are based 
on achieving adjusted EPS growth in excess of inflation as follows:

LTIP13

19 December 2019

3 years

 > Less than 8.0% CAGR – no award.

 > 8.0% to 12.0% CAGR – awarded on a straight-line basis between 25%  

and 100% of total award.

 > More than 12.0% CAGR – full award.

The performance targets for award LTIP13 are based on achieving 
adjusted EPS growth in excess of inflation and total shareholder return 
in comparison to the FTSE 250.

50.0% of the awards will vest if adjusted EPS growth in excess of inflation,  
pre-IFRS 16, is achieved as follows:

 > Less than 5.0% CAGR – no award subject to this condition.

 > 5.0% to 10.0% CAGR – awarded on a straight-line basis between 25% 

and 100% of awards subject to this condition.

 > More than 10.0% CAGR – full award subject to this condition.

50.0% of the awards will vest if total shareholder returns in comparison 
to the FTSE 250 index (excluding investment trusts) are achieved as follows:

 > Below medium comparable performance – no award subject 

to this condition.

 > Medium comparable performance – 25.0% of awards subject 

to this condition.

 > Medium to upper quartile comparable performance – 25.0% to 100.0% 
of awards subject to this condition measured on a straight-line basis.

 > Upper quartile comparable performance – 100.0% of awards subject 

to this condition.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

71

Corporate Governance 
 
Remuneration Committee report – unaudited continued

Annual Report on Remuneration continued

Share scheme interests as at 30 June 2020 continued
Options over Ordinary shares awarded to Executive Directors under the LTIP and SAYE schemes in place at 24 September 2020 
are as follows:

Scheme

R Fairman
LTIP12
LTIP13
SAYE11

B Jacklin
LTIP11
LTIP12
LTIP13
SAYE11
SAYE12

R Alfonso
LTIP13
SAYE12

Date of grant

Market price of shares 
on date of grant

Earliest exercise date and 

date of vesting of shares Exercise price

Number of 
shares

12 October 2018
12 October 2019
30 November 2018

17 January 2018
12 October 2018
12 October 2019
30 November 2018
4 December 2019

12 October 2019
4 December 2019

807p
1,080p
913p

1,031p
807p
1,080p
913p
1,054p

1,080p
1,054p

30 June 2021
30 June 2022
1 January 2022

30 June 2020
30 June 2021
30 June 2022
1 January 2022
1 January 2023

30 June 2022
1 January 2023

0.2p
0.2p
830p

0.2p
0.2p
0.2p
830p
863p

0.2p
863p

30,969
46,296
737

3,600
6,194
27,778
737
709

15,278
709

Directors’ interests in shares
The interests of the Directors when combined with their spouses’ holdings as at 30 June 2020 in the shares of the 
Company were:

R Connell
M McCollum
D Kemp
R Gray
R Fairman 
B Jacklin
R Alfonso

Ordinary shares of 0.2p each 
Number

152,800
38,678
6,559
—
11,450
1,436
—

Apart from the interests in shares and share options disclosed above, the Directors had no other interest in shares 
of Group companies.

At 30 June 2020, the market price of the Ordinary shares was 1,030p.

During the year shares lapsed as follows:

Scheme

S Innes
LTIP10
LTIP11
LTIP12

B Jacklin
LTIP10

Date of grant

Market price 
of shares on 
date of grant

Earliest exercise date 

and date of vesting of shares Exercise price

Number of 
shares

20 December 2016
17 January 2018
12 October 2018

1,067p
1,031p
807p

30 June 2019
30 June 2020
30 June 2021

0.2p
0.2p
0.2p

13,744
40,000
63,797

20 December 2016

1,067p

30 June 2019

0.2p

382

72 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
The following options have been exercised during the year:

S Innes

B Jacklin

Scheme

LTIP10

LTIP10
SAYE10

Number of 
shares

Exercise date Exercise price

Share price at 
exercise date

26,256 4 November 2019

729 4 November 2019
19 June 2020
318

0.2p

0.2p
790p

1,067p

1,067p
993p

Gains arising on the exercise of options for Simon Innes and Ben Jacklin amounted to £280,099 and £10,289 respectively. 
No options have been exercised for Richard Fairman or Robin Alfonso.

Statement of voting
At the 2019 AGM, a motion was proposed to the shareholders to approve on an advisory only basis the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report contained in the 2019 Annual Report. 87.6% of votes cast were in favour of the motion and 
12.4% of votes cast were against.

On behalf of the Remuneration Committee

Deborah Kemp
Remuneration Committee Chair
24 September 2020

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

73

Corporate Governance 
 
Directors’ report

The Directors present their Annual Report and Financial 
Statements together with the audited consolidated financial 
statements for the year ended 30 June 2020.

Principal activities and results
The principal activities of the Group are to operate animal 
veterinary practices, complementary veterinary diagnostic 
businesses, pet crematoria and an online veterinary 
pharmacy and retail business. The principal activity of 
CVS Group plc is that of a holding company.

The Group made a profit after taxation of £5.7m (2019: £8.2m).

Business review
The information that fulfils the requirements of the business 
review, including details of the 2020 results, key performance 
indicators, principal risks and uncertainties and the outlook 
for future years, is set out in the Chairman’s Statement 
(pages 6 and 7), the Chief Executive Officer’s statement 
(pages 8 to 13), the Operational Review (pages 26 to 33) 
and the Finance Review (pages 34 to 39) including key 
performance indicators (pages 22 to 25) and principal risks 
and uncertainties (pages 42 to 53).

Dividends
In respect of the year under review, as announced on 
24 July 2020, the Directors do not recommend the payment 
of a dividend (2019: 5.5p amounting to £3.9m). The reasons 
for this are explained in the Chairman’s Statement on page 7. 
The aggregate dividends recognised as distributions in the 
year ended 30 June 2020 amounted to £3.9m (2019: £3.5m). 
No interim dividends (2019: £nil) have been paid during 
the year.

Dividend policy
For normal times, and with the exception of years which 
are impacted by the uncertainty of the COVID-19 pandemic, 
the Group has established an ordinary dividend policy that 
is both progressive and sustainable, based on growing the 
ordinary dividend per share over time. The rate of growth 
of the ordinary dividend will be decided by the Board in light 
of the circumstances at the time. The Board also gives due 
consideration to the return of capital through the use 
of special dividends or share buybacks.

The ability of the Group to pay a dividend is also subject to 
constraints including the availability of distributable reserves 
and the Group’s financial and operating performance. 
Distributable reserves are determined as required by the 
Companies Act 2006 by reference to a company’s 
individual financial statements.

Directors
The following Directors held office during the year and 
up to the date of signing the financial statements unless 
otherwise stated:

R Connell  
M McCollum  
D Kemp 
R Gray (appointed 16 July 2020) 
R Fairman 
B Jacklin (appointed 28 November 2019) 
R Alfonso (appointed 28 November 2019) 
S Innes (resigned 5 November 2019)

Biographical details of the Directors are provided 
on pages 54 and 55.

Re-election of Directors
The Articles of Association of the Company require all 
Directors to be re-elected at intervals of not more than three 
years. The Board has decided that it is appropriate for all 
Directors to be re-appointed each year, so in accordance 
with that decision all Directors will stand for re-election at 
the Annual General Meeting.

Directors’ remuneration and interests
The Remuneration Committee Report is set out on 
pages 64 to 73. It includes details of Directors’ remuneration, 
interests in the shares of the Company, share options and 
pension arrangements.

Environment
The Group recognises the significance of environmental 
responsibility and undertakes clinical compliance reviews 
to ensure environmental standards are conformed with 
in addition to providing training to its employees to 
ensure compliance.

Although the Group’s activities do not have a major impact 
on the environment, every effort is made to reduce any effect.

Health and safety
The Group is fully aware of its obligations to maintain high 
health and safety standards at all times, and the safety of 
our employees and customers is of paramount importance. 
The Group’s operations are managed at all times in such a 
way as to ensure, as far as is reasonably practicable, the 
health, safety and welfare of all of our employees and all 
other people who may be attending our premises.

Corporate governance
The Board’s Corporate Governance Statement is set out 
on pages 56 to 60.

74 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Going concern
The Governance Code requires the Board to assess and 
report on the prospects of the Group and whether the 
business is a going concern. In considering this requirement, 
the Directors have taken into account the Group’s forecast 
cash flows, liquidity, borrowing facilities and related 
covenant requirements and the expected operational 
activities of the Group. 

As part of the going concern assessment, the Group modelled 
two principal scenarios: a base case and a reasonably likely 
scenario. The base case takes into account the latest run rate 
of performance and the reasonably likely scenario models a 
further lockdown, with the impact on Group revenue the same 
as experienced during April to June 2020. Under both the 
base case and the reasonably likely scenario, there is more 
than sufficient headroom in both liquidity and covenants.

Having due regard to these matters and after making 
appropriate enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group and the Company have adequate 
resources to remain in operation until at least twelve months 
after the approval of these financial statements. The Board 
has therefore continued to adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing the consolidated financial statements.

Financial instruments
Details of the Group’s financial risk management objectives 
and policies are included in note 3 to the financial statements.

Substantial shareholdings

Shareholder

Octopus Investments Limited
Canaccord Genuity Group Inc
Invesco
BlackRock Inc
Connor, Clark & Lunn
Ameriprise Financial
NN Group NV
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc
Marlowe Partners

9 September
2020

5,830,059
5,530,252
4,510,830
4,385,919
3,297,816
3,204,594
2,621,966
2,561,312
2,225,301

% 
IC

8.25
7.83
6.38
6.21
4.67
4.54
3.71
3.63
3.15

Total

34,168,049

48.37

Share capital and substantial shareholdings
Details of the share capital of the Company as at 30 June 2020 
are set out in note 25 to the financial statements. Each share 
carries the right to one vote at general meetings of the Company.

At 9 September 2020, the Company has been notified 
(using TR1 standard form) of the substantial shareholdings 
detailed in the table above comprising 3% or more of the 
issued Ordinary share capital of the Company.

The Board is satisfied that no major shareholder presents 
a conflict of interest or exerts undue influence over the 
Board’s independent judgement.

Employees
In normal times, consultation with employees takes place 
through a number of regional meetings throughout the year 
and an annual staff survey. The aim is to ensure that their 
views are taken into account when decisions are made which 
are likely to affect their interests and that all employees are 
aware of the general progress of their business units and of 
the Group as a whole. To enhance communication within 
the Group, a committee is in place which is constituted of 
regional members from all areas of the business with the 
aim of improving consultation and communication levels.

Deborah Kemp is the Board’s dedicated Non-Executive 
Director for employee engagement and it is Deborah’s usual 
practice to consult with employees through attendance at 
our annual employee conference, periodic visits to our 
businesses and regular reviews of the Group’s monthly 
employee net promoter score.

The Group regularly consults with, and seeks feedback from, 
employees, and the Board monitors employee engagement.

Applications for employment by disabled people are always 
fully considered, bearing in mind the respective aptitudes 
and abilities of the applicant concerned. In the event of 
members of staff becoming disabled, every effort is made 
to ensure that their employment with the Group continues 
and that appropriate training is arranged. It is the policy 
of the Group that the training, career development and 
promotion of a disabled person should be, as far as possible, 
identical to that of a person who does not have a disability.

The Group operates a Long Term Incentive Plan for Executive 
Directors and senior managers. Details are included in note 8. 
The Group also has a Save As You Earn scheme, now in its 
eleventh year, under which employees are granted an option 
to purchase Ordinary shares in the Company in three years’ 
time, dependent upon their entering into a contract to make 
monthly contributions to a savings account over the relevant 
period. These savings are used to fund the option exercise 
value. The exercise price in respect of options issued in the 
year was at a 10% discount to the shares’ market value at 
the date of invitation. The scheme is open to all UK Group 
employees, including the Executive Directors. Details of 
the scheme are included in the Remuneration Committee 
Report on pages 64 to 73.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

75

The Directors’ ReportDirectors’ report continued

Directors’ third party indemnity provision
A qualifying third-party indemnity provision as defined in 
Section 234 of the Companies Act 2006 was in force during 
the year and also at the consolidated and Company statement 
of financial position date for the benefit of each of the 
Directors in respect of liabilities incurred as a result of their 
office with the Company and any associated company to 
the extent permitted by law. In respect of those liabilities 
for which Directors may not be indemnified, the Company 
maintained a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance 
policy throughout the financial year. The level of cover 
is currently £50.0m.

Directors’ responsibilities statement
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual 
Report and Financial Statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the 
Directors are required to prepare the Group and Company 
financial statements in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as adopted by the 
European Union. Under company law the Directors must not 
approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied 
that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of 
the Group and the Company and of the profit or loss of 
the Company and the Group for that period.

In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are 
required to:

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity of the corporate and financial information included 
on the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

We confirm that the Annual Report and Financial Statements, 
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess 
the Company’s position and performance, business model 
and strategy.

Disclosure of information to auditor
Each of the persons who is a Director at the date of approval 
of this Annual Report and Financial Statements confirms that:

 > so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 

information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and

 > the Director has taken all the steps that he/she ought to 
have taken as a Director in order to make himself/herself 
aware of any relevant audit information and to establish 
that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in 
accordance with the provisions of Section 418 of the 
Companies Act 2006.

Resolutions concerning the re-appointment of Deloitte LLP 
as auditor and authorising the Audit Committee to set its 
remuneration will be proposed at the AGM.

Authorised by order of the Board

Juliet Dearlove 
Company Secretary
24 September 2020

 > select suitable accounting policies and then apply 

them consistently;

 > make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent;

 >  state whether applicable IFRS as adopted by the 

European Union have been followed, subject to any 
material departures disclosed and explained in the 
financial statements; and

 > prepare the financial statements on the going concern 

basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the 
Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for ensuring that the Annual 
Report provides information necessary to enable shareholders 
to assess the Company’s position, performance, business 
model and strategy.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain 
the Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company 
and the Group and enable them to ensure that the financial 
statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are 
also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company 
and the Group and hence for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

76 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Streamlined Energy And Carbon Reporting (“SECR”)

With effect from this year, the Company is required to report 
on energy consumption and Greenhouse Gas (“GHG”) 
emissions and energy consumed, under the Streamlined 
Energy and Carbon Reporting regulations. 

This work was already being carried out by the Group, in line 
with its strategy (see pages 20 and 21). The Company has 
appointed The Consultus International Group to independently 
assess the business, using the methodology set out below, 
for the year ended 30 June 2020.

UK and offshore kWh and CO2e
Scope 1 emissions (direct)
Emissions from activities owned or controlled by your 
organisation that release emissions into the atmosphere. 
Examples of Scope 1 emissions include emissions from 
combustion in owned or controlled boilers, furnaces, 
vehicles; emissions from chemical production in owned 
or controlled process equipment.

Energy type

Definition

Gas

Transport

Emissions from 
combustion of gas 
Emissions from 
combustion of fuel 
for transport purposes

Total volume
 (kWh)

19,492,520

Calculated
emissions
 (tonnes of CO2e)
3,584

12,992,379

3,164

Total

32,484,899

6,748

Scope 2 emissions (indirect)
Emissions released into the atmosphere associated with 
your consumption of purchased electricity, heat, steam 
and cooling. These are indirect emissions that are a 
consequence of your organisation’s activities, but which 
occur at sources you do not own or control.

Energy type

Definition

Electricity

Emissions from 
purchased electricity 

Total volume
 (kWh)

14,102,256

Calculated
emissions
 (tonnes of CO2e)
3,605

Total

14,102,256

3,605

Total emission scope summary

Emission type

Scope 1 (direct)
Scope 2 (indirect)

Total

Total volume
 (kWh)

32,484,899
14,102,256

Calculated
emissions
 (tonnes of CO2e)
6,748
3,605

46,587,155

10,353

Quantification and reporting methodology
The organisation has taken guidance from the UK Government 
Environmental Reporting Guidelines (March 2019), the GHG 
Reporting Protocol - Corporate Standard, and from the UK 
Government GHG Conversion Factors for Company Reporting 
document for calculating carbon emissions. Energy usage 
information (gas and electricity) has been obtained directly 
from their energy suppliers and HH data, where available, for 
those supplies with HH meters. For supplies where there wasn’t 
complete 12 month energy usage available, flat profile estimation 
techniques were used to complete the annual consumption 
(applicable only to the NHH and gas supplies). There were also 
supplies where billing information was not easily obtainable 
for this reporting year therefore the organisation utilised 
usage from previous years or profile based contract usage. 
Transport mileage and litres fuel usage data were provided 
for their fleet vehicles. The CO2e emissions were calculated 
using the appropriate emission factors from the UK Government 
GHG conversion information and retained within the 
organisations Data File for reference where required.

Energy efficiency action
In the period covered by the report, the Company has 
implemented a number of energy saving measures which 
include replacement of lighting, hybrid vehicles and installing 
A rated appliances; all sites with effect from January 2020 have 
faulty lights changed for LED energy efficient lights as a matter 
of course and where mixed lights are found in locations all lights 
are changed to full LED. The plan is to replace all lighting 
throughout the group to LED in the next three years. The 
Company is now supplying Hybrid cars on the fleet list for all 
staff members to choose from and will continue to move towards 
hybrid and electric cars as manufacturers broaden their range. 
They are continuing to encourage staff to choose hybrid cars 
because of the tax benefits. This is an ongoing project and the 
fleet list in continually updated with cars that fall into the hybrid 
and electric categories. All sites are supplied with ‘A’ rated fridges 
and domestic washing machines as a matter of course, and we 
will choose the most efficient item where possible.

Intensity ratio
Intensity ratios compare emissions data with an appropriate 
business metric or financial indicator. When presenting the 
detail of your KPIs, they should be expressed in absolute 
terms but it is also helpful if you use a normalising factor 
in reporting your data.

Intensity measurement
Tonnes of CO2e per total £m 
sales revenue

Turnover
(£m)

£427.8

Intensity ratio
 (tCO2e/
turnover £m)

24.2

The organisation has chosen to use tonnes of CO2e per £m 
Turnover for its Intensity Ratio. As this is the first year of reporting, 
there are no comparisons of change from previous years.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

77

The Directors’ Report 
 
Independent auditor’s report 
To the members of CVS Group plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements

1. Opinion
In our opinion:

 > the financial statements of CVS Group plc (the ‘parent 

company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) give a true and 
fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent 
company’s affairs as at 30 June 2020 and of the group’s 
profit for the year then ended;

 > the group financial statements have been properly 
prepared in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European 
Union;

 > the parent company financial statements have been 

properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by 
the European Union and as applied in accordance with the 
provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and

 > the financial statements have been prepared in accordance 

with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements which comprise:

 > the consolidated income statement;

 > the consolidated statement of comprehensive income;

 > the consolidated and company statements of 

financial position;

 > the consolidated and company statements of changes 

in equity;

 > the consolidated and company statements of cash flow; and

 > the related notes 1 to 35.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in 
their preparation is applicable law and IFRSs as adopted by 
the European Union and, as regards the parent company 
financial statements, as applied in accordance with the 
provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

2. Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under those standards are further 
described in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements section of our report. 

We are independent of the group and the parent company 
in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant 
to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including 
the Financial Reporting Council’s (the ‘FRC’s’) Ethical Standard 
as applied to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other 
ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is 
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

3. Summary of our audit approach
Key audit matters
The key audit matter that we identified in the current year was:

 > Revenue Recognition – Healthy Pet Club

This key audit matter has not changed from prior year.

Materiality
The materiality that we used for the group financial 
statements was £1.6m, which was determined as a blended 
measure based on various profit and asset measures.

Scoping
Our audit comprised five components subject to full-scope 
audits and a further ten components subject to audit 
procedures on specified account balances. The remainder 
of the group was subject to review procedures only.

Significant changes in our approach
We no longer consider the valuation of intangible assets 
acquired in business combinations as a key audit matter due 
to the reduction in the number of acquisitions in FY20.

4. Conclusions relating to going concern, 
principal risks and viability statement
4.1. Going concern
We have reviewed the directors’ statement in note 2 to the 
financial statements about whether they considered it 
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting 
in preparing them and their identification of any material 
uncertainties to the group’s and the parent company’s ability 
to continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months 
from the date of approval of the financial statements.

Going concern is the basis of preparation of the financial 
statements that assumes an entity will remain in operation 
for a period of at least 12 months from the date of approval 
of the financial statements.

We confirm that we have nothing material to report, add or 
draw attention to in respect of these matters.

4.2. Principal risks and viability statement
Based solely on reading the directors’ statements and 
considering whether they were consistent with the 
knowledge we obtained in the course of the audit, including 
the knowledge obtained in the evaluation of the directors’ 
assessment of the group’s and the parent company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern, we are required to state 
whether we have anything material to add or draw attention 
to in relation to:

 > the disclosures on pages 42–53 that describe the principal 

risks, procedures to identify emerging risks, and an 
explanation of how these are being managed or mitigated;

78 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Revenue must also be adjusted for anticipated animal deaths 
(where outstanding fees will be waived) and irrecoverable 
debts. In the current year, additional adjustments are required 
for treatments that were missed due to Covid-19 restrictions 
that meant a number of customers did not receive treatments 
and services at the expected time. Management’s estimate 
of the amount of revenue to be deferred is based on reminder 
data sent to pet owners about whether treatments are due 
or overdue under the scheme. There is therefore a risk that 
revenue is not recorded in accordance with IFRS 15 Revenue 
from Contracts with Customers.

The accounting policy for HPC revenue is to recognise 
revenue according to the cost profile associated to 
providing the services offered in the scheme, and is 
disclosed in note 2 to the financial statements.

How the scope of our audit responded to the key audit matter
We assessed the design and implementation of 
management’s controls around the revenue related to HPC.

In response to this key audit matter, we performed the 
following procedures: 

 > Recalculated the revenue accrual/deferral for all 

customers and compared this to management’s own 
figure.

 > Assessed the appropriateness of deferring HPC revenue 

as a result of missed treatments against IFRS 15. 

 > Performed a critical assessment of management’s 

assumptions in calculating the deferral, which include the 
use of remainder data to estimate the quantities of missed 
treatments. 

 > Recalculated the revenue deferral for a sample of 

customers based on their specific payment and pricing 
information and compared to management’s calculation. 

 > Ensured that, in instances of missed treatments that the 
customer would not catch up on, deferred income had 
been appropriately released to reflect the fact that 
membership fees are non-refundable and the group has 
no obligation to return amounts to customers. 

Key observations
Based on the audit procedures performed, we concluded 
that revenue recognition in respect of the HPC is materially 
in line with IFRS 15.

4. Conclusions relating to going concern, principal 
risks and viability statement continued
4.2. Principal risks and viability statement continued
 > the directors’ confirmation on page 42 that they have 
carried out a robust assessment of the principal and 
emerging risks facing the group, including those that 
would threaten its business model, future performance, 
solvency or liquidity; or

 > the directors’ explanation on page 38 as to how they have 
assessed the prospects of the group, over what period 
they have done so and why they consider that period to 
be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they 
have a reasonable expectation that the group will be able 
to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall 
due over the period of their assessment, including any 
related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary 
qualifications or assumptions.

Viability means the ability of the group to continue over the 
time horizon considered appropriate by the directors. 

We confirm that we have nothing material to report, add or 
draw attention to in respect of these matters.

5. Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional 
judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and include the 
most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These 
matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the 
overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit; 
and directing the efforts of the engagement team.

This matter was addressed in the context of our audit of the 
financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion 
thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on this 
matter.

5.1. Revenue Recognition – Healthy Pet Club
Key audit matter description
The group earns revenue via the Healthy Pet Club (“HPC”) 
whereby customers sign up for a monthly or annual direct 
debit arrangement in exchange for a range of preventative 
products and treatments at a discount to the standalone 
selling price. The group recognised £46.6 million of HPC 
revenue during the year, and has 415,000 active members 
as at the year-end. Due to Covid-19 and the emergency 
treatment restrictions put in place, some routine treatments 
for HPC members were delayed. As a result, £3.3m income 
received in the year has been deferred until the treatment 
has taken place.

The revenue recognition for this scheme is judgemental 
since IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers 
requires revenue to be recorded either at a point in time or 
over time according to when the performance obligation is 
satisfied, which is not aligned to the timing of cash receipts. 

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

79

Financial StatementsIndependent auditor’s report continued

6. Our application of materiality
6.1. Materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the 
economic decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both 
in planning the scope of our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Materiality

£1.6m (2019: £1.3m)

£1.4m (2019: £1.2m)

Group financial statements

Parent company financial statements

Basis for determining 
materiality

Rationale for the 
benchmark applied

Parent company materiality was determined 
based on 1.5% of net assets, and capped at 90% 
of group materiality.

We considered pre-tax profit and revenue 
when determining materiality, as well as the 
growth of the business (as indicated by revenue 
growth) versus FY19. We also considered the 
materiality that might be adopted by reference 
to non-statutory measures such as adjusted 
pre-tax profit and adjusted EBITDA, and 
ultimately used a blend of these measures. 
This is consistent with the prior year.

Materiality represents 4.0% of adjusted 
pre-tax profit and 2.2% of adjusted EBITDA.

We have considered both statutory and 
adjusted pre-tax profit, reflecting the metrics 
that are deemed to be of most importance 
to stakeholders, as disclosed within Note 2.

As a holding company, net assets was considered 
the most relevant benchmark to users of the 
parent company financial statements.

94+6+U

 Adjusted PBT

 Group materiality

Adjusted PBT
£38.2m

Group materiality
£1.6m

Component 
materiality range
£0.3m to £1.4m

Audit Committee 
reporting threshold
£0.1m

6.2. Performance materiality
We set performance materiality at a level lower than materiality to reduce the probability that, in aggregate, uncorrected and 
undetected misstatements exceed the materiality for the financial statements as a whole. Group performance materiality 
was set at 70% of group materiality for the 2020 audit (2019: 70%). In determining performance materiality, we considered 
the following factors:

a.  our risk assessment, including our assessment of the quality of the group’s overall control environment; and

b.  the low volume of corrected and uncorrected misstatements in the previous audit.

6.3. Error reporting threshold
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of £0.1m (2019: £0.1m), 
as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report to the 
Audit Committee on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of the financial statements.

80 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

7. An overview of the scope of our audit
7.1. Identification and scoping of components
Our group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the group and its environment, including group-wide 
controls, and assessing the risks of material misstatement at the group level. 

We have focused our work on the UK-based subsidiaries which account for 85% of the group’s revenue and 86% of group’s 
expenses and net assets. We have subjected five components to full-scope audits and a further ten components to audits 
of specified account balances. The remainder of the group, including components located overseas, were subject to review 
procedures only. We followed a similar approach in the prior year audit.

All audit work was carried out by the UK engagement team, with no reliance of component auditors. Testing was performed 
to component materiality ranging from £0.3m to £1.4m.

The coverage achieved by this strategy is as follows:

15%

Revenue

67+

 Full scope audits 

67%

18%

14%

Expenses

U67+

 Review procedures

67%

19%

 Specified account balances 

14%

Net assets

U63+

63%

23%

8. Other information
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included 
in the annual report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly 
stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained 
in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether there 
is a material misstatement in the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the 
work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to 
report that fact.

In this context, matters that we are specifically required to report to you as uncorrected material misstatements of the other 
information include where we conclude that:

 > Fair, balanced and understandable – the statement given by the directors that they consider the annual report and 
financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the group’s position and performance, business model and strategy, is materially inconsistent with 
our knowledge obtained in the audit; or

 > Audit committee reporting – the section describing the work of the audit committee does not appropriately address 

matters communicated by us to the audit committee.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

81

Financial Statements18
+
15
+
19
+
14
+
23
+
14
+
U
Independent auditor’s report continued

9. Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities 
statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation 
of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the 
directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation 
of financial statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are 
responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, 
matters related to going concern and using the going concern 
basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to 
liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

10. Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to 
issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable 
assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee 
that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will 
always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered 
material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could 
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions 
of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of 
the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description 
forms part of our auditor’s report.

12. Matters on which we are required to report 
by exception
12.1. Adequacy of explanations received and 
accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report 
to you if, in our opinion:

 > we have not received all the information and explanations 

we require for our audit; or

 > adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 
parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have 
not been received from branches not visited by us; or

 > the parent company financial statements are not in 
agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

12.2. Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to 
report if in our opinion certain disclosures of directors’ 
remuneration have not been made.

We have nothing to report in respect of this matter.

13. Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, 
as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken 
so that we might state to the company’s members those 
matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s 
report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility 
to anyone other than the company and the company’s 
members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, 
or for the opinions we have formed.

Lee Welham FCA (Senior statutory auditor)
For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP
Statutory Auditor
Cambridge, United Kingdom
24 September 2020

Report on other legal and 
regulatory requirements

11. Opinions on other matters prescribed by the 
Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course 
of the audit:

 > the information given in the strategic report and the 
directors’ report for the financial year for which the 
financial statements are prepared is consistent with the 
financial statements; and

 > the strategic report and the directors’ report have been 

prepared in accordance with applicable legal 
requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the 
group and the parent company and their environment 
obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identified 
any material misstatements in the strategic report or the 
directors’ report.

82 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Consolidated income statement
for the year ended 30 June 2020

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Administrative expenses

Operating profit
Finance expense

Profit before income tax
Income tax expense

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the parent

Earnings per Ordinary share (expressed in pence per share) (“EPS”)
Basic
Diluted

All activities derive from continuing operations.

Note

4
6

6

5

4
9

10
10

2020 
£m

427.8
(257.7)

170.1
(151.6)

18.5
(8.6)

9.9
(4.2)

5.7

8.1p
8.1p

2019 
£m

406.5
(237.6)

168.9
(153.3)

15.6
(3.9)

11.7
(3.5)

8.2

11.6p
11.6p

Reconciliation of adjusted financial measures
The Directors believe that adjusted profit provides additional useful information for shareholders on performance. This is used 
for internal performance analysis. This measure is not defined by IFRS and is not intended to be a substitute for, or superior 
to, IFRS measurements of profit. The following table is provided to show the comparative earnings before interest, tax, 
depreciation and amortisation (“EBITDA”) after adjusting for costs relating to business combinations and exceptional items.

Non-GAAP measure: adjusted EBITDA 

Profit before income tax
Adjustments for:
  Finance expense
  Depreciation
  Amortisation of intangible assets
  Costs relating to business combinations*
  Exceptional items

Adjusted EBITDA

* 

Includes amounts paid in respect of acquisitions in prior years expensed to the income statement.

Note

5
13, 14
12
4
6

4

2020 
£m

9.9

8.6
24.2
22.2
0.7
5.4

71.0

2019 
£m

11.7

3.9
9.2
22.2
7.2
0.3

54.5

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

83

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 30 June 2020

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income –  
items that will or may be reclassified to loss in future periods
Cash flow hedges:
  Net movement on cash flow hedge
  Cost of hedging reserve
Deferred tax on cash flow hedge and available-for-sale financial assets
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to owners of the parent

2020 
£m

5.7

(1.5)
0.5
0.2
0.6

(0.2)

5.5

2019 
£m

8.2

(0.1)
—
—
0.2

0.1

8.3

84 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated and Company statement of financial position
as at 30 June 2020

Company registration number: 06312831

Non-current assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Investments
Deferred income tax assets
Amounts owed by Group undertakings
Derivative financial instruments

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Lease liabilities
Current income tax liabilities
Borrowings

Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Lease liabilities
Derivative financial instruments
Deferred income tax liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Shareholders’ equity
Share capital
Share premium
Capital redemption reserve
Treasury reserves
Cash flow hedge reserve
Cost of hedging reserve
Revaluation reserve
Merger reserve
Retained earnings

Total equity

Group 
2020
£m

Group 
2019
£m

Company 
2020 
£m

Note 

As restated *
Company 
2019 
£m

As restated *
Company 
2018 
£m

12
13
14
16
24
33
17

19
20

4

21
22
14

23

23
14
17
24

4

25
27

26

229.8
51.6
98.1
0.1
1.1
—
—

380.7

18.7
43.4
21.5

83.6

244.5
51.4
—
0.1
0.2
—
0.1

296.3

17.0
51.6
12.5

81.1

—
—
—
69.4
—
81.6
—

—
—
—
68.5
—
85.8
—

151.0

154.3

—
—
—

—

—
—
—

—

—
—
—
68.4
—
89.1
—

157.5

—
—
—

—

464.3

377.4

151.0

154.3

157.5

(87.7)
(5.0)
(8.8)
(0.4)
(0.1)

(102.0)

(83.5)
(89.8)
(0.9)
(21.5)

(195.7)

(297.7)

166.6

0.1
101.9
0.6
(0.3)
(1.4)
0.5
—
(61.4)
126.6

166.6

(73.7)
—
—
(4.9)
(0.3)

(78.9)

(114.2)
—
—
(21.2)

(135.4)

(214.3)

163.1

0.1
99.7
0.6
—
—
—
0.1
(61.4)
124.0

163.1

—
—
—
—
—

—

—
—
—
—

—

—

—
—
—
—
—

—

—
—
—
—

—

—

—
—
—
—
—

—

—
—
—
—

—

—

151.0

154.3

157.5

0.1
101.9
0.6
—
—
—
—
—
48.4

151.0

0.1
101.8
0.6
—
—
—
—
—
51.8

154.3

0.1
101.2
0.6
—
—
—
—
—
55.6

157.5

*  Further details of the prior year restatement are shown in note 35.

The Company reported a loss for the financial year ended 30 June 2020 of £0.4m (2019: £0.4m). 

The notes on pages 89 to 130 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

The financial statements on pages 83 to 130 were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 24 September 2020 
and were signed on its behalf by:

Richard Fairman 
Director  

Robin Alfonso
Director

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

85

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 30 June 2020

At 1 July 2019
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income
Cash flow hedges:
  Fair value loss
Deferred tax on cash flow 
hedge and available-for-sale 
financial assets
Exchange differences on 
translation of foreign operations
Total other comprehensive 
income
Total comprehensive income
Transactions with owners
Issue of Ordinary shares
Reclassification between reserves
Disposal of revaluation reserve
Disposal of treasury reserve
Credit to reserves for 
share-based payments
Deferred tax relating to 
share-based payments
Dividends to equity holders 
of the Company
Transactions with owners
At 30 June 2020

At 1 July 2018
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive 
income
Cash flow hedges:
  Fair value loss
Exchange differences on 
translation of foreign operations
Total other comprehensive 
income
Total comprehensive income
Transactions with owners
Issue of Ordinary shares
Credit to reserves for 
share-based payments
Deferred tax relating to 
share-based payments
Dividends to equity holders 
of the Company
Transactions with owners
At 30 June 2019

Note

Share 
capital
£m
0.1
—

Share 
premium 
£m
99.7
—

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m
0.6
—

Treasury 
reserve 
£m
—
—

Cash flow
hedge
 reserve
£m
—
—

Cost of
hedging
reserve
£m
—
—

Revaluation 
reserve 
£m
0.1
—

Merger 
reserve 
£m
(61.4)
—

Retained 
earnings 
£m
124.0
5.7

Total 
equity 
£m
163.1
5.7

—

(1.4)

0.5

—

—

—

—
—

—
—
—
—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—

0.1
2.1
—
—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—

—
—
—
—

—

—

—

—

—
—

—
(2.1)
—
1.8

—

—

—

—

(1.4)
(1.4)

—
—
—
—

—

—

—
—
0.1

—
2.2
101.9

—
—
0.6

—
(0.3)
(0.3)

—
—
(1.4)

25

11

25

—

—

—

—
—

—
—
(0.1)
—

—

—

—

(0.1)

(1.0)

—

—

—
—

—
—
—
—

—

—

0.2

0.6

0.7
6.4

—
—
—
(0.9)

0.9

0.1

0.2

0.6

(0.2)
5.5

0.1
—
(0.1)
0.9

0.9

0.1

—
(0.1)

—
—
— (61.4)

(3.9)
(3.8)
126.6

(3.9)
(2.0)
166.6

—

—

0.5
0.5

—
—
—
—

—

—

—
—
0.5

Note

Share 
capital
£m
0.1 
—

Share 
premium 
£m
99.1
—

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m
0.6
—

Treasury 
reserve 
£m
—
—

Cash flow
hedge
 reserve
£m
—
—

Cost of
hedging
reserve
£m
—
—

Revaluation 
reserve 
£m
0.1
—

Merger 
reserve 
£m
(61.4)
—

Retained 
earnings 
£m
119.2
8.2

Total 
equity 
£m
157.7
8.2

—

—

—
—

—

—

—
—

25

 —

0.6

11

25

—

—

—
—
0.1

—

—

—
0.6
99.7

—

—

—
—

—

—

—

—
—
0.6

—

—

—
—

—

—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—
—

—

—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—
—

—

—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—
—

—

—

—

—
—
0.1

—

—

—
—

—

—

—

(0.1)

(0.1)

0.2

0.1
8.3

—

0.1

0.2

0.1
8.3

0.6

0.1

(0.1) 

(0.1)

—
—
(61.4)

(3.5)
(3.5)
124.0

(3.5)
(2.9)
163.1

86 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
Company statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 30 June 2020

At 1 July 2019

Total comprehensive loss for the year

Transactions with owners
Issue of Ordinary shares
Credit to reserves for share-based payments
Dividends to equity holders of the Company

Transactions with owners

At 30 June 2020

At 1 July 2018

Total comprehensive loss for the year

Transactions with owners
Issue of Ordinary shares
Credit to reserves for share-based payments
Dividends to equity holders of the Company

Transactions with owners

At 30 June 2019

Note

25
11
25

Note

25
11
25

Share 
capital
£m

0.1

—

—
—
—

—

0.1

Share 
capital
£m

0.1

—

—
—
—

—

0.1

Share 
premium 
£m

101.8

—

0.1
—
—

0.1

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m

Retained
 earnings 
£m

0.6

—

—
—
—

—

51.8

(0.4)

—
0.9
(3.9)

(3.0)

Total
 equity 
£m

154.3

(0.4)

0.1
0.9
(3.9)

(2.9)

101.9

0.6

48.4

151.0

Share 
premium 
£m

101.2

—

0.6
—
—

0.6

101.8

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m

0.6

—

—
—
—

—

0.6

Retained
 earnings 
£m

55.6

(0.4)

—
0.1
(3.5)

(3.4)

51.8

Total
 equity 
£m

157.5

(0.4)

0.6
0.1
(3.5)

(2.8)

154.3

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

87

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated and Company statement of cash flow
for the year ended 30 June 2020

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations
Taxation paid
Interest paid
Exceptional items paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisitions (net of cash acquired)
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of intangible assets

Net cash (used in) investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Dividends paid
Proceeds from issue of Ordinary shares
Proceeds from sale of treasury shares
Repayment of obligations under right-of-use assets
Debt issuance costs
Repayment of borrowings
Increase of borrowings

Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

Note

29

15
13
12

25

Group 
2020 
£m

94.8
(9.5)
(7.0)
(0.7)

77.6

(7.2)
(11.1)
(1.3)

(19.6)

(3.9)
0.1
0.9
(14.2)
(1.7)
(65.2)
35.0

(49.0)

9.0
12.5

21.5

Group 
2019 
£m

Company 
2020 
£m

Company 
2019 
£m

52.1
(7.3)
(3.4)
—

41.4

(56.6)
(11.9)
(1.0)

(69.5)

(3.5)
0.6
—
—
(0.3)
—
28.8

25.6

(2.5)
15.0

12.5

3.9
—
—
—

3.9

—
—
—

—

(3.9)
—
—
—
—
—
—

(3.9)

—
—

—

2.9
—
—
—

2.9

—
—
—

—

(3.5)
0.6
—
—
—
—
—

(2.9)

—
—

—

88 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2020

1. General information
The principal activity of the Group is to operate veterinary practices, complementary veterinary diagnostic businesses, pet 
crematoria and an online pharmacy and retail business. The principal activity of the Company is that of a holding company.

CVS Group plc is a public limited company incorporated under the Companies Act 2006 and domiciled in England and 
Wales and its shares are quoted on AIM of the London Stock Exchange. Its company registration number is 06312831.

Companies in the consolidated financial statements
The trading subsidiary undertakings included within the consolidation are as follows:

Name of subsidiary

Principal business

Albavet Limited
Animed Direct Limited
Axiom Veterinary Laboratories Limited
B&W Equine Group Limited
Coen Dierenarts B.V.
CVS (Ireland) Veterinary Services Limited
CVS (Ireland) Veterinary Services No.2 Limited
CVS (Netherlands) B.V.
CVS Netherlands No2 B.V.
CVS (UK) Limited
Dierenartsenpraktijk NOP B.V.
Dierenartsenpraktijk Zuid-West Friesland B.V.
Dierenkliniek Schalekamp B.V.
Dierenziekenhuis Drachten B.V.
Diergeneeskundig Centrum Noord Nederland B.V.
Endell Veterinary Group Limited
Greenacres Pet Crematorium Limited
Greendale Veterinary Diagnostics Limited
Highcroft Pet Care Limited
Insight Laboratory Services Limited
Kliniek voor Gezelschapsdieren Dieren B.V.
MiVet Club Limited
Okeford Veterinary Centre Limited
Pet Doctors Limited
Pet Emergency Treatment Services Limited
Pet Vaccination Clinic Limited
Pharmsure UK Limited
Precision Histology International Limited
Rossendale Pet Crematorium Limited
Ruddington and East Leake Veterinary Centre Limited
Severn Edge Equine Limited
Severn Edge Farm Limited
Severn Edge Veterinary Group Limited
Silvermere Haven Limited
Silverton Veterinary Practice Limited
Slate Hall Veterinary Practice Limited
Slate Hall Veterinary Services Limited

Veterinary services and buying club
Online dispensary
Veterinary diagnostic services
Veterinary services
Veterinary services
Holding company
Veterinary services
Holding company
Veterinary services
Veterinary and diagnostic services
Veterinary services
Veterinary services
Veterinary services
Veterinary services
Veterinary services
Veterinary services
Animal cremation
Veterinary diagnostic services
Veterinary services
Veterinary services
Veterinary services
Veterinary goods and services buying club
Veterinary services
Veterinary services
Veterinary services
Veterinary services
Veterinary services
Veterinary diagnostic services
Animal cremation and provision of burial grounds
Veterinary services
Veterinary services
Veterinary services
Veterinary services
Animal cremation and provision of burial grounds
Veterinary services
Veterinary services
Veterinary services

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

89

Financial Statements1. General information continued
Companies in the consolidated financial statements continued
Name of subsidiary
The Pet Crematorium Limited
Valley Pet Crematorium Limited
Vet Direct Services Limited
Whitley Brook Crematorium for Pets Limited
Wyatt Poultry Veterinary Services Limited

Principal business
Animal cremation
Animal cremation
Veterinary instrumentation supply
Animal cremation
Veterinary services

The dormant subsidiary undertakings included within the consolidation are as follows:

Name of subsidiary
Alcock Veterinary Services Limited*
Alnorthumbria Veterinary Practice Limited*
Ambivet Limited
Ashburn Veterinary Centre Limited* 
Boundary Veterinary Clinic Limited*
Briar Dawn Veterinary Centre Limited*
BVCM Limited*
Camlas Petcare Vets Limited*
Campsie Veterinary Centre Limited*
Cinder Hill Equine Clinic Limited
Corner House Equine Clinic Limited
Cromlynvets Limited
Gurka Animal Care Limited
Keown O’Neill Limited 
Newlands Veterinary Group Limited
Pet Medic Recruitment Limited*

*  Companies in liquidation. 

Pet Vaccination UK Limited
Pets Holding Limited
Pinfold House Veterinary Clinic Limited*
Severn Edge Holdings Limited
St Elmo Veterinary Clinic Limited*
Superstar Pets Limited
Sustainable Developments (SW) Limited
Three Valleys Veterinary Limited*
Total Veterinary Services Limited
Vet Direct Holdings Limited
Veterinary Enterprises & Trading Limited
VETisco Limited*
Weighbridge Referral Service Limited
Western Counties Equine Hospital Limited
Your Vets (Holdings) Limited

Apart from CVS (UK) Limited, all of the above subsidiaries are indirectly held by CVS Group plc. All companies are registered in 
England and Wales, with the exception of BVCM Limited, Albavet Limited and VETisco Limited, which are registered in Scotland; 
Cromlynvets Limited, Campsie Veterinary Centre Limited, Keown O’Neill Limited and St Elmo Veterinary Clinic Limited, which 
are registered in Northern Ireland; CVS (Ireland) Veterinary Services Limited and CVS (Ireland) Veterinary Services No.2 Limited, 
which are registered in the Republic of Ireland; and CVS (Netherlands) B.V., CVS Netherlands No2 B.V., Kliniek voor 
Gezelschapsdieren Dieren B.V., Dierenartsenpraktijk NOP B.V., Dierenartsenpraktijk Zuid-West Friesland B.V., Dierenkliniek 
Schalekamp B.V., Dierenziekenhuis Drachten B.V., Coen Dierenarts B.V. and Diergeneeskundig Centrum Noord Nederland 
B.V., which are registered in the Netherlands.

100% of the Ordinary share capital is owned for all equity shareholdings and all are wholly owned.

90 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2020 
1. General information continued
Companies in the consolidated financial statements continued
The registered office for all United Kingdom registered subsidiary undertakings is CVS House, Owen Road, Diss, Norfolk IP22 4ER, 
with the exception of the following companies:

Name of subsidiary
Axiom Veterinary Laboratories Limited
Albavet Limited
BVCM Limited
VETisco Limited
Cromlynvets Limited
Keown O’Neill Limited
Precision Histology International Limited
Campsie Veterinary Centre Limited
St Elmo Veterinary Clinic Limited

The Manor House, Brunel Road, Newton Abbot, Devon TQ12 4PB
24 Nicol Street, Kirkcaldy, Fife KY1 1NY
19–21 High Street, Strichen, Fraserburgh AB43 6SQ
24 Nicol Street, Kirkcaldy, Fife KY1 1NY
50 Old Coach Road, Hillsborough, County Down BT26 6PB
11 Church Street, Ballygawley, Co. Tyrone BT70 2HA
The School House, One Eyed Lane, Weybread, Diss, Norfolk IP21 5TT
25 Knocknamoe Road, Omagh BT79 7LB
2 Skeoge Industrial Estate, Beraghmore Road, Londonderry BT48 8SE

The registered office for all Netherlands registered subsidiary undertakings is Postbus 176, 8300 AD Emmeloord. The registered 
office for all Republic of Ireland registered subsidiary undertakings is KPMG, Dockgate, Dock Road, Galway H91 V6RR.

Parent company guarantee
The following wholly owned subsidiaries are exempt from the requirements of the UK Companies Act 2006 relating 
to the audit of individual accounts by virtue of Section 479A of the Act.

Name of subsidiary

Endell Veterinary Group Limited
Greenacres Pet Crematorium Limited
Greendale Veterinary Diagnostics Limited
Insight Laboratory Services Limited
MiVet Club Limited
Okeford Veterinary Centre Limited
Pet Emergency Treatment Services Limited
Rossendale Pet Crematorium Limited
Ruddington and East Leake Veterinary Centre Limited
Severn Edge Equine Limited
Severn Edge Farm Limited
Silvermere Haven Limited
Silverton Veterinary Practice Limited
Slate Hall Veterinary Practice Limited
Sustainable Developments (SW) Limited
The Pet Crematorium Limited
Valley Pet Crematorium Limited
Vet Direct Holdings Limited
Vet Direct Services Limited
Whitley Brook Crematorium for Pets Limited
Wyatt Poultry Veterinary Services Limited

08078309
07877237
05138112 
06353163
08365201
05984705
03586933
01409643
04551334
09524486
09521408
02187947
08101117
05465166
05174372
03442460
04961306
06746630
05167635
04734723
05780117

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

91

Financial Statements 
 
2. Summary of significant accounting policies
Basis of preparation
The consolidated and Company financial statements of CVS Group plc have been prepared in accordance with EU-adopted 
International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) and International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) 
interpretations and in line with those provisions of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. 
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis and under the historical cost convention, 
except for certain financial instruments and share-based payments that have been measured at fair value.

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for the foreseeable future. For this reason, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing 
these financial statements. Further details are provided in the Directors’ Report on pages 74 to 76. 

The accounting policies set out below have, unless otherwise stated, been applied consistently to all years presented in 
these financial statements. The accounting policies which follow relate to the Group and are applied by the Company 
as appropriate.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgements, estimates and 
assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses. 
The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed 
to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form a basis for making the judgements about carrying 
values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved 
in making assumptions and estimates, actual outcomes will differ from those assumptions and estimates.

Leases
Management exercises judgement in determining the likelihood of exercising break or extension options in determining 
the lease term.

When determining the lease term in accordance with IFRS 16 paragraphs 18–21, management has applied the following 
policy for all leases: 

a)  For properties in contract, the lease term has been determined as to the end of the contractual lease term.

b)   For properties out of contract and therefore occupied on a rolling basis, in accordance with legislation that permits this, 

the lease term has been determined to be 7.5 years from the date of transition. 

c) 

 For properties where management has committed to close the site, the lease term is determined to be until the next 
break clause.

The discount rate used to calculate the lease liability is the rate implicit in the lease, if it can be readily determined, or the 
lessee’s incremental borrowing rate if not. The Group has determined a weighted incremental borrowing rate of 4.0% for the 
right-of-use assets. The Directors considered all Group borrowings at the date of adoption in the determination of the 
incremental borrowing rates. The standard permits the use of a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably 
similar characteristics. The Group has applied this practical expedient to its operating leases on adoption for leases with a 
similar class and remaining lease term. Refer to note 14 for additional disclosures related to leases. 

Changes in accounting policies and disclosure
Standards adopted by the Group for the first time
A number of new and revised standards, including IFRS 16, are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. 
A number of new and revised standards, including the following, are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2019: 

 > IFRS 16: Leases 

 > IFRIC 23: Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatment

 > Amendments to IFRS 9: Prepayment Features with Negative Compensation

 > Amendments to IAS 28: Long-term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures

 > Amendments to IAS 9: Plan Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement

 > Annual Improvements to IFRSs: 2015 – 2017 Cycle

Adoption of these standards, has not had an impact on the Group’s financial statements, except the following:

92 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20202. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Changes in accounting policies and disclosure continued
Impact of initial application of IFRS 16 Leases
In the current year, the Group has applied IFRS 16 Leases (as issued by the IASB in January 2016), which is effective 
for annual periods that begin on or after 1 January 2019.

IFRS 16 introduces new or amended requirements with respect to lease accounting. It introduces significant changes to 
lessee accounting by removing the distinction between operating and finance leases and requiring the recognition of a 
right-of-use asset and a lease liability at commencement for all leases, except for short-term leases and leases of low-value 
assets when such recognition exemptions are adopted. In contrast to lessee accounting, the requirements for lessor accounting 
have remained largely unchanged. Details of these new requirements are described in note 34. The impact of the adoption 
of IFRS 16 on the Group’s consolidated financial statements is described below. 

The date of initial application of IFRS 16 for the Group is 1 July 2019. 

The Group has applied IFRS 16 using the cumulative catch-up approach which:

 > in respect of those leases the Group previously treated as operating leases, the Group has chosen to measure the 

right-of-use asset at an amount equal to the lease liability; and 

 > does not permit restatement of comparatives, which continue to be presented under IAS 17 and IFRIC 4.

a) Impact of the new definition of a lease
The Group has made use of the practical expedient available on transition to IFRS 16 not to reassess whether a contract 
is or contains a lease. Accordingly, the definition of a lease in accordance with IAS 17 and IFRIC 4 will continue to be applied 
to those leases entered or changed before 1 July 2019.

The change in definition of a lease mainly relates to the concept of control. IFRS 16 determines whether a contract contains 
a lease on the basis of whether the customer has the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in 
exchange for consideration. This is in contrast to the focus on “risks and rewards” in IAS 17 and IFRIC 4.

The Group applies the definition of a lease and related guidance set out in IFRS 16 to all lease contracts entered into or 
changed on or after 1 July 2019 (whether it is a lessor or a lessee in the lease contract). In preparation for the first-time 
application of IFRS 16, the Group has carried out an implementation project. The project has shown that the new definition 
in IFRS 16 will not significantly change the scope of contracts that meet the definition of a lease for the Group.

b) Impact on lessee accounting
i) Former operating leases
IFRS 16 changes how the Group accounts for leases previously classified as operating leases under IAS 17, which were 
off balance sheet.

Applying IFRS 16, for all leases (except as noted below), the Group:

a) 

 recognises right-of-use assets and lease liabilities in the consolidated statement of financial position, initially measured 
at the present value of the future lease payments, with the right-of-use asset adjusted by the amount of any prepaid 
or accrued lease payments in accordance with IFRS 16:C8(b)(ii); and

b)  recognises depreciation of right-of-use assets and interest on lease liabilities in the consolidated income statement.

Lease incentives (e.g. rent free period) are recognised as part of the measurement of the right-of-use assets and lease 
liabilities whereas under IAS 17 they resulted in the recognition of a lease incentive, amortised as a reduction of rental 
expenses on a straight line basis.

Under IFRS 16, right-of-use assets are tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36. 

For short-term leases (lease term of twelve months or less) and leases of low-value assets (which include tablets and 
personal computers, small items of office furniture and telephones), the Group has opted to recognise a lease expense 
on a straight line basis as permitted by IFRS 16. This expense is presented within “other operating expenses” in profit or loss.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

93

Financial Statements2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Changes in accounting policies and disclosure continued
Impact of initial application of IFRS 16 Leases continued
b) Impact on lessee accounting continued
i) Former operating leases continued
The Group has used the following practical expedients when applying the cumulative catch-up approach to leases 
previously classified as operating leases applying IAS 17: 

 > The Group has applied a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics. 

 > The Group has excluded initial direct costs from the measurement of the right-of-use asset at the date of initial application.

 > The Group has used hindsight when determining the lease term when the contract contains options to extend 

or terminate the lease. 

ii) Former finance leases
For leases that were classified as finance leases applying IAS 17, the carrying amount of the leased assets and obligations 
under finance leases measured applying IAS 17 immediately before the date of initial application is reclassified to right-of-use 
assets and lease liabilities respectively without any adjustments, except in cases where the Group has elected to apply 
the low-value lease recognition exemption.

The right-of-use asset and the lease liability are accounted for applying IFRS 16 from 1 July 2019.

c) Financial impact of initial application of IFRS 16
The application of IFRS 16 to leases previously classified as operating leases under IAS 17 resulted in the recognition of right-
of-use assets and lease liabilities. The financial impact on the Group’s primary statements is shown in note 34.

Standards and interpretations to existing standards (all of which have yet to be adopted by the EU) which are not yet 
effective and are under review as to their impact on the Group
The following standards and interpretations to existing standards have been published that are mandatory for the Group’s 
accounting periods beginning on or after 1 July 2020 or later periods but which the Group has not early adopted:

 > Amendments to References to the Conceptual Framework in IFRS Standards (effective 1 January 2020)

 > Amendments to IFRS 3: Definition of Business (effective 1 January 2020)

 > Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8: Definition of Material (effective 1 January 2020)

 > Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7: Interest Rate Benchmark Reform (effective 1 January 2020)

 > Amendments to IFRS 16: Covid-19 Related Rent Concessions (effective 1 June 2020)

 > Amendments to IAS 16: Property, Plant and Equipment – Proceeds before Intended Use (effective 1 January 2022)

 > Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018 – 2020 (effective 1 January 2022)

 > Amendments to IFRS 3: Reference to the Conceptual Framework (effective 1 January 2022)

 > Amendments to IAS 37: Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract (effective 1 January 2022)

 > Amendments to IFRS 17: Insurance Contracts (effective 1 January 2023)

 > Amendments to IAS 1: Classification of liabilities as current or non-current (effective 1 January 2023)

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the financial information of the Company and its subsidiary undertakings 
as at and for the year ended 30 June 2020.

Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The results of companies and businesses acquired are 
included in the consolidated income statement from the date control passes. They are deconsolidated from the date 
that control ceases. On acquisition of a company or business, all assets and liabilities that exist at the date of acquisition 
are recorded at their fair values, reflecting their condition at that date. All changes to those assets and liabilities, and the 
resulting gains and losses, which arise after the Group has gained control of the company or business, and that arise after 
the measurement period, are credited or charged to the post-acquisition income statement.

Intra-group transactions and profits are eliminated fully on consolidation. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been 
aligned to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

94 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20202. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Segment reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting to the chief operating decision maker 
(“CODM”). The CODM has been determined to be the Board of Directors, as it is primarily responsible for the allocation of 
resources to segments and the assessment of the performance of segments. The Group has four operating segments: 
Veterinary Practices, Laboratories, Crematoria and Animed Direct. Further details of the Group’s operating segments are 
provided in note 4 to the financial statements.

Business combinations
Acquisitions of subsidiaries and businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration transferred 
in a business combination is measured at fair value, which is calculated as the sum of the acquisition date fair values of 
assets transferred by the Group and liabilities incurred by the Group to the former owners of the acquiree. Acquisition 
related costs are recognised in profit or loss as incurred. At the acquisition date, the identifiable assets acquired and the 
liabilities assumed are recognised at their fair value.

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition date amounts 
of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. If, after reassessment, the net of the acquisition date amounts 
of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed exceeds the sum of the consideration transferred, the excess is 
recognised immediately in profit or loss as a bargain purchase gain.

When the consideration transferred by the Group in a business combination includes an asset or liability resulting from a 
contingent or deferred consideration arrangement, this additional consideration is measured at its acquisition date fair value 
and included as part of the consideration transferred in a business combination. Changes in fair value of the contingent or 
deferred consideration that qualify as measurement period adjustments are adjusted retrospectively, with corresponding 
adjustments against goodwill. Measurement period adjustments are adjustments that arise from additional information 
obtained during the “measurement period” (which cannot exceed one year from the acquisition date) about facts and 
circumstances that existed at the acquisition date. Contingent or deferred consideration that is classified as an asset or 
a liability is remeasured at subsequent reporting dates in accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments: Recognition and 
Measurement, or IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets, as appropriate, with the corresponding 
gain or loss being recognised in profit or loss.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost (being the purchase cost, together with any incidental costs of acquisition) 
less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. The assets’ residual values and useful lives are 
reviewed annually, and adjusted as appropriate. Depreciation is provided so as to write off the cost of property, plant and 
equipment, less their estimated residual values, over the expected useful economic lives of the assets in equal annual 
instalments at the following principal rates:

Freehold buildings 

2% straight line

Leasehold improvements   

Straight line over the life of the lease 

Fixtures, fittings and equipment 

20%–33% straight line

Motor vehicles 

25% straight line

Freehold land is not depreciated on the basis that it has an unlimited life.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when 
it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be 
measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statement during the financial year in which 
they are incurred.

Intangible assets
Goodwill
With the exception of the acquisition of CVS (UK) Limited, which was accounted for using the principles of merger accounting, 
all business combinations are accounted for by applying the acquisition method. Goodwill arising on acquisitions that have 
occurred since 1 July 2004 is stated after separate recognition of intangible assets and represents the difference between 
the fair value of the purchase consideration and the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets of an 
acquired entity. In respect of acquisitions prior to 1 July 2004 goodwill is included on the basis of its deemed cost, which 
represents the amount recorded under previous Generally Accepted Accounting Practice. Goodwill is carried at cost less 
accumulated impairment losses, and is subject to annual impairment testing.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

95

Financial Statements 
 
 
2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Intangible assets continued
Computer software
Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring into use the 
specific software. These costs are amortised over their estimated useful lives of three years and charged to administrative 
expenses. Costs associated with maintaining computer software programs are recognised as an administrative expense 
as incurred.

Patient data records, customer lists and trade names
Acquired patient data records, customer lists and trade names are recognised as intangible assets at the fair value of the 
consideration paid to acquire them and are carried at historical cost less provisions for amortisation and impairment. The fair 
value attributable to these items acquired through a business combination is determined by discounting the expected future 
cash flows to be generated from that asset at the risk-adjusted post-tax weighted average cost of capital for the Group. 
The residual values are assumed to be £nil. Patient data records, customer lists and trade names are reviewed for impairment 
if conditions exist that indicate a review is required. Amortisation is provided so as to write off the cost over the expected 
economic lives of the asset in equal instalments at the following principal rates:

Patient data records and customer lists 

10% per annum 

Trade names 

10% per annum

Amortisation is charged to administrative expenses.

Impairment of non-current assets
Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation but are tested annually for impairment. Assets that 
are subject to amortisation or depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised in the income statement for 
the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount.

As permitted by IAS 36 Impairment of Assets for the purposes of assessing impairment, individual cash-generating units 
(“CGUs”) are grouped at a level consistent with the Group’s operating segments. Recoverable amounts for CGUs are based 
on value in use, which is calculated from cash flow projections using data from the Group’s latest internal forecasts, being 
a one-year detailed forecast and extrapolated forecasts thereafter, the results of which are approved by the Board. The key 
assumptions for the value-in-use calculations are those regarding discount rates and growth rates.

In respect of assets other than goodwill, an impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to 
determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does 
not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment 
loss had been recognised. Impairment losses in respect of goodwill are not reversed.

Inventories
Inventories comprise goods held for resale and are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value on a first in, first out 
basis. Net realisable value is based on estimated selling price less costs expected to be incurred to disposal. Where necessary, 
provision is made for obsolete, slow moving or defective inventory.

Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised on the Group’s consolidated and Company statement of financial 
position when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

a) Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost, less 
provision for impairment. A provision for impairment of trade and other receivables is recognised if there are considered 
to be expected credit losses. The amount of expected credit losses is updated at each reporting date to reflect changes 
in credit risk since initial recognition of the financial asset. Losses arising from impairment are recognised in the income 
statement on page 83.

96 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2020 
 
 
2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Financial instruments continued
b) Investments
Gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of available-for-sale investments in equity instruments that have a 
quoted market price are recognised directly in other comprehensive income until the security is disposed of or is determined 
to be impaired, at which time the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in equity is included in the net result for 
the year.

In accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, available-for-sale investments in equity 
instruments that do not have a quoted market price in an active market and whose fair value cannot be reliably measured 
are measured at cost. The Group assesses at each consolidated and Company statement of financial position date whether 
there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired.

Dividends on an available-for-sale equity instrument are recognised in the income statement when the Group’s right 
to receive payment is established.

In the Company’s financial statements, investments in subsidiary undertakings are initially stated at cost. Provision is made 
for any permanent impairment in the value of these investments.

c) Financial liabilities and equity
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements 
entered into. Financial liabilities are obligations to pay cash or other financial assets and are recognised when the Group 
becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial liabilities are recorded initially at fair value and 
subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest method, with interest related charges recognised as an expense 
in finance cost in profit or loss. A financial liability is derecognised only when the obligation is extinguished. An equity 
instrument is any contract that gives a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all of its liabilities.

d) Interest-bearing borrowings
Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are initially recorded as the proceeds received, net of associated transaction costs. 
Subsequent to initial recognition, interest-bearing borrowings are stated at amortised cost with any difference between cost 
and redemption value being recognised in the income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest 
method. Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the 
liability for at least twelve months after the consolidated and Company statement of financial position date.

e) Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are non-interest bearing and are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured 
at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

f) Equity instruments
Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

g) Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge its exposure to interest rate risks arising from financing activities. 
The Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes; however, if derivatives do not qualify 
for hedge accounting they are accounted for as such.

In September 2019, the IASB issued Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7. These 
amendments modify specific hedge accounting requirements to allow hedge accounting to continue for affected hedges 
during the period of uncertainty before the hedged items or hedging instruments affected by the current interest rate 
benchmarks are amended as a result of the on-going interest rate benchmark reforms.

The application of the amendments impacts the Group’s accounting in relation to a sterling denominated fixed rate debt 
which it fair value hedge accounts using sterling fixed to GBP LIBOR interest rate swaps. The amendments permit 
continuation of hedge accounting even if in the future the hedged benchmark interest rate, GBP LIBOR, may no longer be 
separately identifiable. However, this relief does not extend to the requirement that the designated interest rate risk 
component must continue to be reliably measurable. If the risk component is no longer reliably measurable, the hedging 
relationship is discontinued.

The Group has chosen to early apply the amendments to IFRS 9 for the reporting period ended 30 June 2020, which are 
mandatory for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020. Adopting these amendments allows the 
Group to continue hedge accounting during the period of uncertainty arising from interest rate benchmark reforms.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

97

Financial Statements2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Financial instruments continued
g) Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities continued
Derivative financial instruments are recognised and stated at fair value. The fair value of derivative financial instruments is 
determined by reference to market values for similar financial instruments, by discounted cash flows, or by the use of option 
valuation models. The fair value of interest rate swap arrangements is calculated as the present value of the estimated future 
cash flows. Where derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting, any gains or losses on remeasurement are immediately 
recognised in the income statement.

Where derivatives qualify for hedge accounting, recognition of any resultant gain or loss depends on the nature of the 
hedge relationship and the item being hedged.

The Group documents at the inception of the transaction the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, 
as well as its risk management objectives, the strategy for undertaking various hedging transactions, the nature of the risks 
being hedged and the economic relationship between the item being hedged and the hedging instrument. The Group also 
documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether or not the derivatives that are 
used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items.

The fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the 
hedged item is more than twelve months and as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item 
is less than twelve months.

Cash flow hedging
Derivative financial instruments are classified as cash flow hedges when they hedge the Group’s exposure to variability in cash flows 
that are either attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability, or a highly probable forecasted transaction.

The effective element of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised 
in other comprehensive income. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income 
statement where material. Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled in the income statement in the periods when the hedged 
item affects the income statement. The classification of the effective portion when recognised in the income statement is 
the same as the classification of the hedged transaction. Any element of the remeasurement of the derivative instrument which 
does not meet the criteria for an effective hedge is recognised immediately in the income statement within finance costs.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any 
cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised in the income statement when the 
forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the income statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected 
to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and deposits with maturities of three months or less from inception. 
Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an integral part of the Group’s cash management are included 
as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purposes of the consolidated and Company statement of cash flow.

Current and deferred income tax
The tax expense represents the sum of the current tax payable, deferred tax and any adjustments in respect of previous periods.

The current tax payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the income 
statement because it excludes some items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further 
excludes items that are never taxable or tax deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated on the basis of tax 
laws and tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the consolidated and Company statement of 
financial position date. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which 
applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts 
expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred tax is provided in full, using the balance sheet liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax 
bases of assets and liabilities used in computation of taxable profits and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial 
statements. However, deferred tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction 
other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss. 
Deferred tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the consolidated 
and Company statement of financial position date and are expected to apply when the related deferred tax asset is realised 
or the deferred tax liability is settled.

98 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20202. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Current and deferred income tax continued
Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except where it relates to items charged or credited directly 
to other comprehensive income or equity, in which case the deferred tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income 
or equity respectively.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which 
the temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current 
tax liabilities and when the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on 
either the taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

Revenue recognition
Revenue is measured in accordance with relevant accounting standards. For all contracts within the scope of IFRS 15, the 
Company determines whether enforceable rights and obligations have been created with the customer and recognises 
revenue based on total transaction price as estimated at the contract inception, being the amount which the Company 
expects to be entitled to and has present enforceable rights under contract. Revenue is allocated proportionately across 
the contract performance obligations and recognised either over time or at a point in time as appropriate.

Service revenue
Revenue represents sales of veterinary services, laboratory diagnostic services and crematoria services which are 
recognised in accordance with IFRS 15, at the point in time when the performance obligation is satisfied. Revenue is 
recognised when the laboratory test, veterinary consultation, veterinary procedure or cremation is completed.

Members of customer loyalty schemes, for example Healthy Pet Club, pay annually or monthly subscription fees and receive 
preventative consultations and treatments over a twelve-month period, being the life of the contract. Annual subscription 
fees are received annually in advance and monthly subscription fees are received evenly over a twelve-month period. Revenue 
is recognised in line with the cost profile of individual performance obligations as they are completed in accordance with 
the contract and not in line with the receipt of subscription fees. For the majority of customers who pay monthly this results 
in revenue recognised in advance of cash received as performance obligations are weighted towards the beginning of the 
twelve-month contract. 

The adjustments are made through deferred and accrued income and the contract asset for this is shown in note 20. 
Revenue is recognised net of provision to reflect cancellations as a result of animal deaths due to our policy not to invoice 
our customers in such an event. The provision is calculated based on historical membership calculation data. All other 
cancellations are accounted for as an impairment of receivables within administration expenses.

Products
Revenue relating to the sale of veterinary products is recognised according to the terms of sale, at the point in time when 
the performance obligations are satisfied.

Rebates received from manufacturers
Consistent with standard industry practice, CVS has agreements with suppliers whereby volume related allowances and 
various other fees are received in connection with the purchase of goods from those suppliers in the form of rebates. 
Rebates received from drug and consumable manufacturers in respect of CVS purchases relating to inventories are held by 
CVS at the reporting date; the rebate is included within the cost of those inventories and recognised in cost of sales upon 
sale of those inventories.

Rebates negotiated on behalf of our buying group members, MiVetClub and VetShare, are recorded on the Group’s consolidated 
and Company statement of financial position as a receivable and the corresponding liability for the rebate due to the member 
is recorded as a payable. The commission receivable by the Group is recorded as revenue in the income statement when all 
obligations attached to the rebate have been discharged and the rebate can be measured reliably based on the terms of the 
contract which is taken as at the point at which the buying group member purchases the drugs and consumables.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

99

Financial Statements2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Leases
The Group has applied IFRS 16 using the cumulative catch-up approach and therefore comparative information has not 
been restated and is presented under IAS 17. The details of accounting policies under both IAS 17 and IFRS 16 are presented 
separately below.

Policies applicable from 1 July 2019
The Group as a lessee
The Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease, at inception of the contract. The Group recognises a right-of-use 
asset and a corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease arrangements in which it is the lessee, except for short-term 
leases (defined as leases with a lease term of twelve months or less) and leases of low-value assets (such as tablets and 
personal computers, small items of office furniture and telephones). For these leases, the Group recognises the lease payments 
as an operating expense on a straight line basis over the term of the lease unless another systematic basis is more 
representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased assets are consumed.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement 
date, discounted by using the rate implicit in the lease. If this rate cannot be readily determined, the lessee uses its 
incremental borrowing rate.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise:

 > fixed lease payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable;

 > variable lease payments that depend on an index or rate, initially measured using the index or rate at the commencement date;

 > the amount expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees;

 > the exercise price of purchase options, if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise the options; and

 > payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the exercise of an option to terminate the lease.

The lease liability is presented as a separate line in the consolidated statement of financial position.

The lease liability is subsequently measured by increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability (using 
the effective interest method) and by reducing the carrying amount to reflect the lease payments made.

The Group remeasures the lease liability (and makes a corresponding adjustment to the related right-of-use asset) whenever:

 > the lease term has changed or there is a significant event or change in circumstances resulting in a change in the 

assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised 
lease payments using a revised discount rate;

 > the lease payments change due to changes in an index or rate or a change in expected payment under a guaranteed 

residual value, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using an 
unchanged discount rate (unless the lease payments change is due to a change in a floating interest rate, in which case a 
revised discount rate is used); and 

 > a lease contract is modified and the lease modification is not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the lease 
liability is remeasured based on the lease term of the modified lease by discounting the revised lease payments using a 
revised discount rate at the effective date of the modification.

The Group did not make any such adjustments during the periods presented.

The right-of-use assets comprise the initial measurement of the corresponding lease liability, lease payments made at or 
before the commencement day, less any lease incentives received and any initial direct costs. They are subsequently 
measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

Whenever the Group incurs an obligation for costs to dismantle and remove a leased asset, restore the site on which it is 
located or restore the underlying asset to the condition required by the terms and conditions of the lease, a provision is 
recognised and measured under IAS 37. To the extent that the costs relate to a right-of-use asset, the costs are included 
in the related right-of-use asset, unless those costs are incurred to produce inventories.

Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter period of lease term and useful life of the underlying asset. If a lease 
transfers ownership of the underlying asset or the cost of the right-of-use asset reflects that the Group expects to exercise 
a purchase option, the related right-of-use asset is depreciated over the useful life of the underlying asset. The depreciation 
starts at the commencement date of the lease.

The right-of-use assets are presented as a separate line in the consolidated statement of financial position.

100 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20202. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Leases continued
Policies applicable from 1 July 2019 continued
The Group as a lessee continued
The Group applies IAS 36 to determine whether a right-of-use asset is impaired and accounts for any identified impairment 
loss as described in the “Property, plant and equipment” policy.

Variable rents that do not depend on an index or rate are not included in the measurement of the lease liability and the 
right-of-use asset. The related payments are recognised as an expense in the period in which the event or condition that 
triggers those payments occurs and are included in “Other operating expenses” in profit or loss.

As a practical expedient, IFRS 16 permits a lessee not to separate non-lease components, and instead account for any lease 
and associated non-lease components as a single arrangement. The Group has not used this practical expedient. For a 
contract that contain a lease component and one or more additional lease or non-lease components, the Group allocates 
the consideration in the contract to each lease component on the basis of the relative stand-alone price of the lease 
component and the aggregate stand-alone price of the non-lease components.

Policies applicable prior to 1 July 2019
Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards 
of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

The Group as a lessee
Assets held under finance leases are recognised as assets of the Group at their fair value or, if lower, at the present value 
of the minimum lease payments, each determined at the inception of the lease. The corresponding liability to the lessor 
is included in the statement of financial position as a finance lease obligation.

Lease payments are apportioned between finance expenses and reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve a 
constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are charged to the income statement. 

Rentals payable under operating leases are charged to income on a straight line basis over the term of the relevant lease 
except where another more systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from 
the lease asset are consumed.

In the event that lease incentives are received to enter into operating leases, such incentives are recognised as a liability. 
The aggregate benefit of incentives is recognised as a reduction of rental expense on a straight line basis over the lease 
term, except where another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from 
the leased asset are consumed.

Transition
The Group adopted IFRS 16 Leases on 1 July 2019 using the modified retrospective approach. The cumulative effect of adopting 
IFRS 16 has been recognised as an adjustment to the opening balance sheet for the initial recognition of assets and liabilities 
as at 1 July 2019, with no restatement of comparable information and no impact on retained earnings. Further details and the 
impact of changes are disclosed in note 34.

Closed site provision
For veterinary practices due to close, the right-of-use assets have been impaired to recognise that the future economic 
benefits of the premises have reduced. Where the Group has exercised break clauses, the reduction in lease term has been 
recognised as a remeasurement and remaining right-of-use asset impaired. 

Government grants
Government grants are not recognised until there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions 
attaching to them and that the grants will be received.

Government grants are recognised in profit or loss on a systematic basis over the periods in which the Group recognises as 
expenses the related costs for which the grants are intended to compensate.

Government grants that are receivable as compensation for expenses or losses already incurred or for the purpose of giving 
immediate financial support to the Group with no future related costs are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which 
they become receivable.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

101

Financial Statements2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Share-based payments
Certain employees of the Group receive part of their remuneration in the form of share-based payment transactions, 
whereby employees render services in exchange for shares or rights over shares (equity-settled transactions).

The fair values of equity-settled transactions are measured indirectly at the dates of grant using Black Scholes option pricing 
models, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the awards are granted. The fair value of share-based 
payments under such schemes is expensed on a straight line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate 
of shares that will eventually vest and adjusted at each reporting date for the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions. 
The fair value of options awarded to employees of subsidiary undertakings is recognised as a capital contribution and 
recorded in investments on the Company statement of financial position.

Foreign currency translation
Functional and presentational currency
The individual financial statements of each Group company are presented in the currency of the primary economic environment 
in which it operates (its functional currency). For the purpose of the consolidated financial statements, the results and 
financial position of each Group company are expressed in Sterling, which is the functional currency of the Company, 
and the presentation currency for the consolidated financial statements, rounded to the nearest £0.1m.

In preparing the financial statements of the individual companies, transactions in currencies other than the entity’s functional 
currency (foreign currencies) are recognised at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. At each 
consolidated and Company statement of financial position date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in 
foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing at that date. Non-monetary items carried at fair value that are 
denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rates prevailing at the date when the fair value was determined. 
Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated.

Exchange differences are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they arise.

For the purpose of presenting consolidated financial statements, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations 
are translated at exchange rates prevailing on the consolidated and Company statement of financial position date. Income 
and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates for the period, unless exchange rates fluctuate significantly 
during that period, in which case the exchange rates at the date of transactions are used. Exchange differences arising, 
if any, are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in a separate component of equity.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the 
foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. The Group has elected to treat goodwill and fair value adjustments arising 
on acquisitions before the date of transition to IFRS as Sterling-denominated assets and liabilities. Exchange differences 
arising are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Retirement benefit costs
The Group makes contributions to stakeholder and employee personal pension defined contribution schemes in respect of 
certain employees. The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions 
are recognised as an employee benefit expense in the period to which they relate. Prepaid contributions are recognised as 
an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available.

Financing costs
Financing costs comprise interest payable on borrowings, debt finance costs and gains and losses on derivative financial 
instruments that are recognised in the income statement.

Interest expense is recognised in the income statement as it accrues, using the effective interest method.

Use of non-GAAP measures
Adjusted EBITDA, adjusted profit before tax (“adjusted PBT”) and adjusted EPS
The Directors believe that adjusted EBITDA, adjusted PBT and adjusted EPS provide additional useful information for shareholders 
on the Group’s underlying performance. These measures are used by the Board and management for planning and internal 
reporting and are aligned to our strategy and KPIs. A subset is also used by management in setting Director and management 
remuneration. The measures are also used in discussions with the investment analyst community. These measures are not 
defined by IFRS and therefore may not be directly comparable with other companies’ adjusted measures. It is not intended 
to be a substitute for, or superior to, IFRS measurements of profit or earnings per share.

102 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20202. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Use of non-GAAP measures continued
Adjusted EBITDA, adjusted profit before tax (“adjusted PBT”) and adjusted EPS continued
Adjusted EBITDA is calculated by reference to profit before income tax, adjusted for interest (net finance expense), 
depreciation, amortisation, costs relating to business combinations and exceptional items.

Adjusted profit before income tax is calculated as profit before amortisation, taxation, costs relating to business 
combinations and exceptional items.

Adjusted earnings per share is calculated as adjusted profit before income tax less applicable taxation divided by the weighted 
average number of Ordinary shares in issue in the period.

Like-for-like sales
Like-for-like sales comprise the revenue generated from all operations compared to the prior year. Revenue is included in the 
like-for-like calculation with effect from the month in which it was acquired in the previous year adjusted for the number of 
working days; for example, for a practice acquired in September 2018, revenue is included from September 2019 in the 
like-for-like revenue calculation.

Net debt
Net debt is calculated as borrowings less gross cash and unamortised borrowing costs. 

Share premium
The share premium reserve comprises the premium received over the nominal value of shares issued.

Treasury reserve
The treasury reserve comprise shares held by an Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) for the purposes of satisfying the exercise 
of certain share options vesting under the Group’s LTIP and SAYE schemes.

Capital redemption reserve
Upon cancellation of redeemable Preference shares on redemption, a capital redemption reserve was created representing 
the nominal value of the shares cancelled. This is a non-distributable reserve.

Merger reserve
The merger reserve resulted from the acquisition of CVS (UK) Limited and represents the difference between the value 
of the shares acquired (nominal value plus related share premium) and the nominal value of the shares issued.

Loss for the financial year
As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 the Company has elected not to present its own profit and loss 
account or statement of comprehensive income for the year. The loss attributable to the Company is disclosed in the 
footnote to the consolidated and Company statement of financial position.

3. Financial risk management
Financial risk factors
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (being foreign currency risk, interest rate risk 
and other price risks), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the 
unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. 
The Group uses derivative instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. It is not the Group’s policy 
to actively trade in derivatives.

Given the size of the Group, the Board monitors financial risk management. The policies set by the Board of Directors are 
implemented by the Group’s finance department.

a) Market risk
i) Foreign exchange currency rate risk
The Group has limited exposure to foreign exchange risk as the majority of its transactions are denominated in the Company’s 
functional currency of Sterling. The Group has a policy to minimise foreign exchange currency rate risk through the regular 
monitoring of foreign currency flows. Currency exposures are reviewed regularly and all significant foreign exchange transactions 
are approved by Group management. For subsidiaries incorporated in the Netherlands and the Republic of Ireland, a natural 
hedge is applied where both revenue and expenditure is denominated in Euros. Aside from this, the Group does not hedge 
any foreign currency transactions but continues to keep this policy under review.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

103

Financial Statements3. Financial risk management continued
Financial risk factors continued
a) Market risk continued
ii) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk
The Group has interest-bearing assets and liabilities. The Group’s income and operating cash inflows are substantially 
independent of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings. 
Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk.

At the year end, the Group had interest hedging arrangements in place covering £70.0m of debt. This allows the Group 
to minimise its exposure to significant interest rate increases whilst enabling the Group to take advantage of interest rate 
reductions. The strategy for undertaking the hedge is to match a portion of the loan liability with a coterminous derivative 
that allows interest to float within an agreed range and thereby limits the cash flow exposure relating to interest.

Excluding the impact of the interest rate swap arrangement, bank borrowings bear interest at 1.45% to 2.7% above LIBOR. 
The applicable interest rate is dependent upon the net debt to EBITDA ratio. During the year the bank borrowings carried 
a rate averaging 1.90% above LIBOR.

At 30 June 2020, the Group has considered the impact of movements in interest rates over the past year and has concluded 
that a 1% movement is a reasonable benchmark. At 30 June 2020, if interest rates on Sterling-denominated borrowings had 
been 1% higher or lower, with all other variables held constant, post-tax profit and the movement in net assets for the year 
would have been approximately £1.1m (2019: £1.2m) lower or higher, mainly as a result of the movement in interest rates on 
the floating rate borrowings, net of the hedging derivative instrument in place.

b) Credit risk
Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost, less provision for 
impairment. A provision for impairment of trade receivables is recognised on trade receivables if there is considered to be 
expected credit losses. The amount of expected credit losses is calculated using the simplified approach as allowable under 
IFRS 9 and is updated at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition of the financial asset. 
Losses arising from impairment are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income in other operating expenses. 

The credit risk on liquid funds and derivative financial instruments is limited because the counterparties are banks with high 
credit ratings assigned by international credit rating agencies.

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to the Group’s diverse customer base. 
The Group also has in place procedures that require appropriate credit checks on potential customers before sales, other 
than on a cash basis, are made. Customer accounts are also monitored on an ongoing basis and appropriate action is taken 
where necessary to minimise any credit risk. The Directors therefore believe there is no further credit risk provision required 
in excess of normal provision for impaired receivables.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at 30 June 2020 is the fair value of each class of receivable as disclosed in note 18 
to the financial statements.

104 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20203. Financial risk management continued
Financial risk factors continued
c) Liquidity risk
Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities and the availability of 
funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities. The Group actively maintains cash balances and a 
mix of long-term and short-term finance facilities that are designed to ensure the Group has sufficient available funds 
for operations and acquisitions. Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity reserve on the basis of 
expected cash flow. The table below summarises the remaining contractual maturity for the Group’s financial liabilities. 
The amounts shown are the contractual undiscounted cash flows, which include interest, analysed by contractual maturity. 
When the amount payable or receivable is not fixed, the amount disclosed has been determined by reference to the 
projected interest rates as illustrated by the yield curves existing at the reporting date.

The Group’s revolving credit facility (“RCF”) is usually utilised on 30-day terms; however, the RCF is available for utilisation 
until November 2021, and therefore the liability is included in due in more than one year but not more than two years.

30 June 2020

Non-derivative financial liabilities
Borrowings
Trade and other payables (excluding 
social security and other taxes)
Right-of-use liabilities

30 June 2019

Non-derivative financial liabilities
Borrowings
Trade and other payables (excluding 
social security and other taxes)

In more than 
one year but 
not more than 
two years 
£m

In more than 
two years but 
not more than 
three years 
£m

In more than 
three years but 
not more than 
five years 
£m

In less than 
one year 
£m

In more than 
five years
£m

Total 
£m

0.1

59.4
8.8

71.7

—

—
10.5

10.5

—

—
9.6

9.6

83.5

—
17.7

101.2

—

83.6

—
52.0

52.0

59.4
98.6

245.0

In more than 
one year but 
not more than 
two years 
£m

In more than 
two years but 
not more than 
three years 
£m

In more than 
three years but 
not more than 
five years 
£m

In less than 
one year 
£m

In more than 
five years
£m

0.3

60.5

60.8

— 

— 

— 

114.2

— 

114.2

— 

— 

— 

—

—

—

Total 
£m

114.5

60.5

175.0

Note

23

21
14

Note

23

21

Capital risk management
The Group’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base, defined as bank facilities plus total shareholders’ equity, so as to 
maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to sustain future development of the business. Within this overall 
policy, the Group seeks to maintain an optimum capital structure by a mixture of debt and retained earnings.

The bank facilities include financial covenants and a number of general undertakings. There have been no breaches of 
the terms of the respective loan agreements, breaches of covenants or defaults during the current or comparative years.

Funding needs are reviewed periodically and also each time a significant acquisition is made. A number of factors are 
considered which include the net debt/adjusted EBITDA ratio, future funding needs (usually potential acquisitions) 
and Group banking arrangements.

Net debt
Adjusted EBITDA

Ratio

Note

4

2020 
£m

62.1
71.0

0.87

2019 
£m

102.0
54.5

1.87

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

105

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3. Financial risk management continued
Capital risk management continued
The ratio above is calculated based upon adjusted EBITDA disclosed in the Annual Report and Financial Statements. 
The actual ratio calculated for the bank covenants takes account of a twelve-month EBITDA adjustment for businesses 
acquired; therefore, the ratio for the purposes of the bank covenants is 1.14x.

There were no changes to the Group’s approach to capital management during the year.

The primary sources of funding for the Group are internally generated cash and syndicated borrowings. The Group’s £5.0m 
working capital facility and £85.0m revolving credit facility were undrawn at 30 June 2020.

Fair value measurement
The following table presents the Group’s financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value at 30 June 2020 
by level of fair value hierarchy:

 > quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1);

 > inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 

(that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (level 2); and

 > inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs) (level 3).

Assets
Available-for-sale financial assets

30 June 2020

Level 1 
£m

Level 2 
£m

0.1

—

Note

16

Total 
£m

0.1

30 June 2019

Level 1 
£m

Level 2 
£m

0.1

—

Total 
£m

0.1

4. Segmental reporting
Segmental information is presented in respect of the Group’s business and geographical segments. The primary format, 
operating segments, is based on the Group’s management and internal reporting structure and monitored by the Group’s 
CODM. Inter-segment pricing is determined on an arm’s length basis.

Segment results, assets and liabilities include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated 
on a reasonable basis. Unallocated items comprise mainly interest-bearing borrowings and associated costs, taxation 
related assets and liabilities, costs relating to business combinations, and Head Office salary and premises costs.

Geographical segments
The business operates predominantly in the UK. As at 30 June 2020, it has 25 veterinary practices in the Netherlands and 
6 in the Republic of Ireland. It performs a small amount of laboratory work for Europe-based clients and Animed Direct Limited 
distributes a small quantity of goods to European countries. In accordance with IFRS 8 Operating Segments, no segmental 
results are presented for trade with European clients as these are not reported separately for management reporting 
purposes and are not considered material for separate disclosure.

Revenue comprises £293.6m of fees and £134.2m of goods (2019: £287.0m and £119.5m respectively). Revenue from 
contracts totalled £46.8m in the year (2019: £45.4m). 

Operating segments
The Group is split into four operating segments (Veterinary Practices, Laboratories, Crematoria and Animed Direct) 
and a centralised support function (Head Office) for business segment analysis. In identifying these operating segments, 
management generally follows the Group’s service lines representing its main products and services.

Each of these operating segments is managed separately as each segment requires different specialisms, marketing 
approaches and resources. Intra-group sales eliminations are included within the Head Office segment. Head Office 
includes costs relating to the employees, property and other overhead costs associated with the centralised support 
function together with finance costs arising on the Group’s borrowings.

106 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4. Segmental reporting continued
Operating segments continued

Year ended 30 June 2020

Revenue
Profit/(loss) before income tax
Adjusted EBITDA
Total assets
Total liabilities

Reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA
Profit/(loss) before income tax
Finance expense
Depreciation
Amortisation
Costs relating to business combinations
Exceptional items (note 6)

Adjusted EBITDA

Year ended 30 June 2019

Revenue
Profit/(loss) before income tax
Adjusted EBITDA
Total assets
Total liabilities

Reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA
Profit/(loss) before income tax
Finance expense
Depreciation
Amortisation
Costs relating to business combinations
Exceptional items

Adjusted EBITDA

5. Finance expense

Interest expense, bank loans and overdraft
Interest expense on IFRS 16 lease liabilities
Amortisation of debt arrangement fees

Finance expense

Veterinary 
Practices 
£m

384.1
26.9
72.3
401.5
(176.8)

26.9
4.1
21.7
14.7
0.2
4.7

72.3

Veterinary 
Practices 
£m

370.7
30.7
56.2
332.4
(65.6)

30.7
0.1
7.8
13.2
4.4
—

56.2

Laboratories 
£m

Crematoria 
£m

21.1
5.0
5.8
22.6
(2.8)

5.0
—
0.8
—
—
—

5.8

7.2
2.1
2.5
14.0
(1.4)

2.1
—
0.4
—
—
—

2.5

Laboratories 
£m

Crematoria 
£m

20.1
3.7
4.3
18.5
(3.3)

3.7
—
0.6
—
—
—

4.3

7.3
2.1
2.5
12.3
(1.8)

2.1
—
0.4
—
—
—

2.5

Animed 
Direct 
£m

32.1
2.4
2.5
22.6
(17.7)

2.4
—
0.1
—
—
—

2.5

Animed 
Direct 
£m

23.3
1.6
1.7
11.9
(8.9)

1.6
—
—
0.1
—
—

1.7

Head Office 
£m

(16.7)
(26.5)
(12.1)
3.6
(99.0)

(26.5)
4.5
1.2
7.5
0.5
0.7

(12.1)

Head Office 
£m

(14.9)
(26.4)
(10.2)
2.3
(134.7)

(26.4)
3.8
0.4
8.9
2.8
0.3

(10.2)

2020
£m

3.5
4.1
1.0

8.6

Group 
£m

427.8
9.9
71.0
464.3
(297.7)

9.9
8.6
24.2
22.2
0.7
5.4

71.0

Group 
£m

406.5
11.7
54.5
377.4
(214.3)

11.7
3.9
9.2
22.2
7.2
0.3

54.5

2019
£m

3.4
—
0.5

3.9

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

107

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6. Expenses by nature

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets
Employee benefit expenses
Cost of inventories recognised as an expense (included in cost of sales)
Repairs and maintenance expenditure on property, plant and equipment
Trade receivables impairment charge
Operating lease rentals payable
Exceptional items
Grant income received
Other expenses

2020
£m

23.3
24.2
198.0
99.9
4.4
2.5
—
5.4
(8.2)
59.8

2019
£m

22.2
9.2
181.0
92.2
4.8
0.8
17.1
0.3
—
63.3

Total cost of sales and administrative expenses

409.3

390.9

The £8.2m grant income relates to the UK governments Coronavirus job retention scheme. 

During the year exceptional items included costs associated with the Board restructure which amounted to £0.7m and 
impairment of goodwill and patient data records in relation to the disposal of Ashburn veterinary clinic of £0.5m. In addition, 
£4.2m included within exceptional items related to the impairment of patient data records, property, plant and equipment, 
right-of-use assets, dilapidation provisions and redundancy provisions which all specifically relate to the costs associated 
with the closures of 33 sites. The closure of these sites is considered as exceptional and non-reoccurring following a review 
of our portfolio of practices during the COVID-19 pandemic lockdown. The decision was taken for these sites to remain 
closed as they were considered our worst performing practices. 

These costs are not related to the underlying performance of the business and for this reason disclosed as exceptional 
items. These costs are included within net operating expenses and are shown above. These costs have been deducted in 
arriving at taxable profit as disclosed on note 9 with the exception of patient data records impairment which has a deferred 
tax adjustment. 

Services provided by the Company’s auditor and associates
During the year the Group obtained the following services from the Company’s auditor at costs as detailed below:

Audit services
Fees payable to the Group’s auditor for the audit of the parent company 
and consolidated financial statements
The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

7. Employee benefit expense and numbers
Group

Employee benefit expense for the Group

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Other pension costs
Share-based payments

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

35
365

400

2020 
£m

175.9
16.7
4.5
0.9

198.0

31
252

283

2019 
£m

162.2
15.4
3.3
0.1

181.0

Note

32
11

The employee benefit expense included within cost of sales is £137.7m (2019: £140.9m). The balance is recorded within 
administrative expenses.

108 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7. Employee benefit expense and numbers continued
Group continued
The average monthly number of people employed by the Group (including Executive Directors) during the year, analysed 
by category, was as follows:

Veterinary surgeons and pathologists
Nurses, practice ancillaries and technicians
Crematoria staff
Central support

2020 
Number

1,781
4,708
79
193

6,761

2019 
Number

1,640
4,519
78
175

6,412

The Company has no employees, other than the Non-Executive Directors. The Executive Directors received remuneration in 
respect of their services to the Company from a subsidiary company.

8. Directors’ remuneration and key management compensation

Salaries and other short-term employee benefits
Company contributions to money purchase schemes

Highest paid Director

Directors’ emoluments

2020 
£m

0.8
—

0.8

2019 
£m

0.4
0.1

0.5

2020 
£m

1.6
0.1

1.7

2019 
£m

1.0
0.1

1.1

Retirement benefits are accruing to three Directors (2019: two) under a personal pension plan. The remuneration of the 
Executive Directors amounting to £1.4m (2019: £0.8m) is borne by the subsidiary company CVS (UK) Limited, without 
recharge. The remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors amounting to £0.2m (2019: £0.2m) is borne by the subsidiary 
company CVS (UK) Limited and recharged to the Company.

Share options
Under the Company’s SAYE schemes the Directors have the following options at the consolidated and Company statement 
of financial position date:

R Fairman
B Jacklin
B Jacklin
R Alfonso

SAYE scheme

Date of grant

SAYE11
SAYE11
SAYE12
SAYE12

30 November 2018
30 November 2018
4 December 2019
4 December 2019

Earliest exercise date 
and vesting date

Exercise price

Number of 
shares

1 January 2022
1 January 2022
1 January 2023
1 January 2023

830p
830p
863p
863p

737
737
709
709

Shares awarded to Executive Directors under the Long Term Incentive Plans (“LTIPs”) as at the consolidated and Company 
statement of financial position date are as follows:

B Jacklin
R Fairman
B Jacklin
R Fairman
B Jacklin
R Alfonso

LTIP

LTIP11
LTIP12
LTIP12
LTIP13
LTIP13
LTIP13

Date of grant

17 January 2018
12 October 2018
12 October 2018
19 December 2019
19 December 2019
19 December 2019

Market price on 
date of grant

Earliest exercise date  
and vesting date

Number of 
shares

1,031p
807p
807p
1,080p
1,080p
1,080p

30 June 2020
30 June 2021
30 June 2021
30 June 2022
30 June 2022
30 June 2022

3,600
30,969
6,194
46,296
27,778
15,278

The exercise price for all shares is 0.2p.

LTIP10 was exercised in the year; see the Remuneration Committee Report on page 73 for further details.

Further details of the above schemes are included in the Remuneration Committee Report on pages 64 to 73.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

109

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
8. Directors’ remuneration and key management compensation continued
Key management compensation
Key management is considered to be those on the Executive Committee (being the Executive Directors and other senior 
management) and the Non-Executive Directors. The employment costs of key management are as follows:

Salaries and other short-term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits
Share-based payments

9. Income tax expense 
a) Analysis of income tax expense recognised in the income statement 

Current tax
Current tax on profits for the year
Adjustments in respect of previous years

Total current tax charge

Deferred tax
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Adjustments in respect of previous years
Effect of tax rate change on opening deferred tax balance

Total deferred tax credit

Total income tax expense

2020
£m

2.9
0.1
0.4

3.4

2020 
£m

6.8
(1.8)

5.0

(3.9)
0.7
2.4

(0.8)

4.2

2019
£m

2.6
0.2
— 

2.8

2019 
£m

7.0
1.1

8.1

(4.2)
(0.9)
0.5

(4.6)

3.5

Note

24

Factors affecting the current tax charge
UK corporation tax is calculated at 19.0% (2019: 19.0%) of the estimated assessable profit for the year. Taxation for other 
jurisdictions is calculated at the rates prevailing in the respective jurisdictions.

b) Reconciliation of effective income tax charge
The total income tax expense for the year differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the standard rate of UK 
corporation tax of 19.0% (2019: 19.0%) as follows:

Profit before tax

Effective tax charge at 19.0% (2019: 19.0%)
Effects of:
  Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
  Tax rate change on opening deferred tax balances
  Adjustments to deferred tax charge in respect of previous years
  Adjustments to current tax charge in respect of previous years

Total income tax expense

2020
£m

9.9

1.9

1.0
2.4
0.7
(1.8)

4.2

2019
£m

11.7

2.2

0.5
0.5
(0.8)
1.1

3.5

The standard rate of UK corporation tax for the period was 19.0% (2019: 19.0%). A UK corporation tax rate of 19.0% 
(effective 1 April 2020) was substantively enacted on 17 March 2020, reversing the previously enacted reduction in the 
rate from 19.0% to 17.0%. This change had been substantively enacted at the consolidated and Company statement of 
financial position date and, therefore, it is reflected in the deferred tax balances in these financial statements.

The effective tax rate on reported profits is 42.3% (2019: 29.9%) and has increased mainly due to the remeasurement 
of deferred tax balances in respect of UK jurisdictions from 17.0% to 19.0% as a result of the repeal of the previously enacted 
UK corporation tax rate of 17.0% from 1 April 2020.

110 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10. Earnings per Ordinary share
a) Basic
Basic earnings per Ordinary share is calculated by dividing the profit after taxation by the weighted average number 
of shares in issue during the year.

Earnings attributable to Ordinary shareholders (£m)

Weighted average number of Ordinary shares in issue

Basic earnings per share (p per share)

2020

5.7

2019

8.2

70,654,009

70,506,476

8.1

11.6

b) Diluted
Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of Ordinary shares outstanding to 
assume conversion of all dilutive potential Ordinary shares. The Company has potentially dilutive Ordinary shares, being 
the contingently issuable shares under the Group’s LTIP schemes and SAYE schemes. For share options, a calculation is 
undertaken to determine the number of shares that could have been acquired at fair value (determined as the average 
annual market share price of the Company’s shares) based on the monetary value of the subscription rights attached to 
outstanding share options. The number of shares calculated as above is compared with the number of shares that would 
have been issued assuming the exercise of the share options.

Earnings attributable to Ordinary shareholders (£m)

Weighted average number of Ordinary shares in issue
Adjustment for contingently issuable shares – LTIPs
Adjustment for contingently issuable shares – SAYE schemes

Weighted average number of Ordinary shares for diluted earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share (p per share)

2020

5.7

2019

8.2

70,654,009
109,143
3,017

70,506,476
88,379
—

70,766,169

70,594,855

8.1

11.6

Non-GAAP measure: adjusted earnings per share
Adjusted earnings per Ordinary share is calculated as adjusted profit before income tax less applicable taxation divided 
by the weighted average number of Ordinary shares in issue in the period.

Earnings attributable to Ordinary shareholders
Add back taxation

Profit before taxation 
Adjustments for:
  Amortisation
  Costs relating to business combinations
  Exceptional items

Adjusted profit before income tax
Tax charge amended for the above adjustments

Adjusted profit after income tax and earnings attributable to owners of the parent

Note

12
4
6

2020

5.7
4.2

9.9

22.2
0.7
5.4

38.2
(8.5)

29.7

2019

8.2
3.5

11.7

22.2
7.2
0.3

41.4
(8.5)

32.9

Weighted average number of Ordinary shares in issue
Weighted average number of Ordinary shares for diluted earnings per share

70,654,009
70,766,169

70,506,476
70,594,855

Adjusted earnings per share

Diluted adjusted earnings per share

Pence

42.0p

41.9p

Pence

46.7p

46.6p

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

111

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11. Share-based payments
Long Term Incentive Plans (“LTIPs”)
The Group operates an incentive scheme for certain senior executives, the CVS Group Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”).

Under the LTIP scheme awards are made at an effective nil cost, vesting over a three-year performance period conditional 
upon the Group’s earnings per share growth, as adjusted for amortisation of intangibles, exceptional items and fair value 
adjustments in respect of derivative instruments and available-for-sale assets over the same period. The LTIP scheme 
arrangements are equity settled.

Details of the share options outstanding during the year under the LTIP schemes are as follows:

Outstanding at 1 July 2019
Granted during the year
Lapsed during the year
Forfeited during the year
Exercised during the year*

Outstanding at 30 June 2020

Exercisable at 30 June 2020

July 2019 scheme 
(“LTIP13/13(b)”) 
Number of share 
awards

July 2018 scheme 
(“LTIP12”) 
Number of share 
awards

July 2017 scheme 
(“LTIP11”) 
Number of share 
awards

July 2016 scheme 
(“LTIP10”) 
Number of share 
awards

— 
147,063
—
(926)
— 

146,137

— 

180,799
— 
—
(73,709)
— 

107,090

— 

86,774
— 
—
(48,533)
— 

38,241

38,241

85,858
— 
(29,508)
—
(56,350)

— 

— 

*  The weighted average share price at the date of exercise was £9.50.

Options are exercisable at 0.2p per share. The weighted average exercise price is 0.2p at the beginning and end of the period.

The options outstanding at the year end under LTIP13, LTIP13(b), LTIP12 and LTIP11 have a weighted average remaining 
contractual life of two years, two years, one year and nil years, respectively.

The share-based payment charge for the year in respect of the options issued under the LTIP schemes amounted to £0.6m 
(2019: £0.2m credit) and has been debited to administrative expenses. National Insurance contributions of £0.1m have been 
debited to administrative expenses (2019: £0.1m credited) in respect of the LTIP scheme transactions and are treated as 
cash-settled transactions.

Further details of the above schemes are included in the Remuneration Committee Report on pages 64 to 73.

Save As You Earn (“SAYE”)
The Group operates an incentive scheme for all employees, the CVS Group SAYE plan, an HM Revenue & Customs-approved 
scheme. The SAYE9 scheme was opened for subscription in December 2016 (with options granted in January 2017), the 
SAYE10 scheme was opened for subscription in December 2017 (with options granted in January 2018), the SAYE11 scheme 
was opened for subscription in December 2018 (with options granted in January 2019) and the SAYE12 scheme was opened 
for subscription in December 2019 (with options granted in January 2020). Under the SAYE schemes awards have been 
made at a 10% discount for SAYE9, SAYE10, SAYE11 and SAYE12 of the closing mid-market price on date of invitation, vesting 
over a three-year period. There are no performance conditions attached to the SAYE scheme. Details of the share options 
outstanding during the year under the SAYE schemes are as follows:

SAYE12 
Number of 
share awards

SAYE11 
Number of 
share awards

SAYE10 
Number of 
share awards

SAYE9 
Number of 
share awards

— 
280,329
(5,958)
— 

385,673
— 
(49,137)
— 

274,371

336,536

— 

— 

179,913
— 
(28,200)
— 

151,713

— 

135,921
— 
(18,235)
(117,686)

— 

— 

Outstanding at 1 July 2019
Granted during the year
Forfeited during the year
Exercised during the year*

Outstanding at 30 June 2020

Exercisable at 30 June 2020

*  The weighted average share price at the date of exercise was £9.33.

112 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2020 
 
11. Share-based payments continued
Save As You Earn (“SAYE”) continued
Options are exercisable at 863p for the SAYE12 scheme, 830p for the SAYE11 scheme and 1,287p per share 
for the SAYE10 scheme.

The weighted average exercise price at the beginning of the period for the options outstanding was £9.39 and end 
of the period was £9.33.

The options outstanding at the year end under the SAYE12, SAYE11 and SAYE10 schemes have a weighted average remaining 
contractual life of two years and five months, one year and five months and nil years and five months, respectively.

The share-based payment charge for the year in respect of the options issued under the SAYE schemes amounted to £0.3m 
(2019: £0.3m) and has been charged to administrative expenses.

Options for all schemes were valued using the Black Scholes option pricing model. The fair value per option granted 
and the assumptions used in the calculation are as follows:

Grant date
Share price at grant date
Fair value per option
Exercise price
Number of employees
Shares under option at date of grant
Vesting period/option life/expected life
Weighted average remaining contractual life
Expected volatility*
Expected dividends expressed as a dividend yield

LTIP13

19 December 2019
£10.80
£10.80
0.2p
25
143,036
3 years
2 years
43.99%
0.33%

LTIP13(b)

21 April 2020
£9.00
£9.00
0.2p
1
4,027
3 years
2 years
43.99%
0.33%

SAYE12

4 December 2019
£10.54
£4.04
£8.63
811
280,329
3 years
2 years 5 months
43.99%
0.33%

*  Expected volatility has been determined by reference to the historical share return volatility of CVS Group plc.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

113

Financial Statements 
12. Intangible assets

Cost
At 1 July 2018
Additions arising through business combinations
Fair value adjustments in respect of prior periods
Other additions

At 30 June 2019
Additions arising through business combinations
Fair value adjustments in respect of prior periods
Foreign currency translation
Disposals1
Other adjustments
Other additions

At 30 June 2020

Accumulated amortisation
At 1 July 2018
Amortisation for the year

At 30 June 2019
Amortisation for the year
Foreign currency translation
Impairment2
Other adjustments
Disposals1

At 30 June 2020

Net book amount
At 30 June 2020
At 30 June 2019
At 1 July 2018

Note

Goodwill 
£m

Trade 
names 
£m

Patient data 
records 
£m

Computer 
software 
£m

15

67.8
26.3
0.6
— 

94.7
4.3
0.1
0.7
(0.2)
0.6
—

100.2

(0.6)
— 

(0.6)
— 
— 
— 
0.6
— 

 —

100.2
95.3
68.4

1.5
— 
— 
— 

1.5
—
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

1.5

1.2
0.2

1.4
0.1
— 
— 
— 
— 

1.5

—
0.1
0.3

225.4
35.3
— 
— 

260.7
2.9
— 
— 
(0.4)
— 
— 

263.2

91.5
21.4

112.9
21.4
0.2
1.1
— 
(0.1)

135.5

127.7
147.8
133.9

3.2
— 
— 
1.0

4.2
—
— 
— 
— 
— 
1.3

5.5

2.3
0.6

2.9
0.7
— 
— 
— 
— 

3.6

1.9
1.3
0.9

Total 
£m

297.9
61.6
0.6
1.0

361.1
7.2
0.1
0.7
(0.6)
0.6
1.3

370.4

94.4
22.2

116.6
22.2
0.2
1.1
0.6
(0.1)

140.6

229.8
244.5
203.5

1.  The disposals relate to the sale of Ashburn Veterinary Centre.

2. 

 The impairment relates to the write down of patient data records for announced site closures. The impairment charge has been included within 

exceptional items. 

Amortisation expense is charged to administrative expenses.

The patient data records, customer lists and trade names were acquired as a component of business combinations. 
See note 15 for further details of current year acquisitions.

Intangible assets that are individually material to the financial statements are disclosed as follows:

Intangible category

Patient data records
Patient data records

Description

Carrying amount

Remaining life

Slate Hall Veterinary Group
YourVets

£7.9m
£5.5m

8 years
5 years

114 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12. Intangible assets continued
Material business combinations in the current year have been separately disclosed in note 15.

The components of goodwill are disclosed according to the group of CGUs to which they have been allocated. Due to the 
integrated nature of the Group, although each practice, laboratory and crematorium is considered to be an individual CGU, 
the monitoring of goodwill is performed on an aggregated basis for groups of CGUs that are no larger than the operating 
segments determined in accordance with IFRS 8. 

The majority of other assets are tested at the CGU level, to the extent that an impairment review is triggered following 
identification of an indicator of impairment by management. A small number of assets (typically patient data lists acquired 
in a business combination with multiple sites or locations) are shared between sub-groups of CGUs and are tested for 
impairment at that level.

Goodwill per operating segment 

Veterinary Practices
Laboratories
Crematoria

2020 
£m

95.5
2.1
2.6

100.2

2019 
£m

90.6
2.1
2.6

95.3

Impairment tests
The pre-tax discount rate applied to the cash flow projections is derived from the Group’s pre-tax weighted average cost 
of capital. The risks relating to each of the CGUs are considered to be the same as a result of the Group’s operations being 
entirely focused in the veterinary market and, as such, the discount rate applied to each CGU is the same. The use of the 
Group’s weighted average cost of capital is consistent with the valuation methodology used when determining the offer price 
for business combinations and therefore is considered an appropriate discount rate. The Directors consider the growth rate 
to be broadly consistent between CGUs; a 3.0% growth per annum in EBITDA has been assumed for the purposes of 
assessing net present value of future cash flows, with pre-IFRS 16 EBITDA used as an approximation to cash flow given the 
insignificant impact of working capital adjustments. The budget for the next financial year is used as a basis for the cash 
flow projections. The growth rate used in the impairment tests is based upon a prudent assessment of market-specific 
growth assumptions. Further details of the impairment tests are disclosed in note 2.

Estimates are based on past experience and expectations of future changes to the market. Growth rate forecasts are 
extrapolated based on estimated long-term average growth rates for the markets in which the CGU operates (estimated 
at 3.0%). The pre-tax discount rate used to calculate value in use is 9.9% at 30 June 2020 (2019: 11.3%). These discount rates 
are derived from the Group’s pre-tax weighted average cost of capital.

Based on current year impairment testing at the individual CGU level, £1.1m impairment of patient data records and £0.3m 
of property, plant and equipment have been recognised by the Group in the year ended 30 June 2020 (2019: £nil) in respect 
of closed sites. This charge relates entirely to the veterinary practices operating segment. 

Having assessed the anticipated future cash flows the Directors do not consider there to be any reasonably possible changes 
in assumptions that would lead to such further impairment charges in the year ended 30 June 2020. The 3% growth rate is 
considered the worst case scenario given growth rates experienced in the veterinary market and therefore further sensitivity 
analysis is not required.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

115

Financial Statements 
 
13. Property, plant and equipment

Group

Cost
At 1 July 2018
Additions arising through business combinations
Fair value adjustments in respect of prior periods
Additions
Disposals

At 30 June 2019
Additions arising through business combinations
Additions
Revaluation 
Disposals

At 30 June 2020

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 July 2018
Fair value adjustments in respect of prior periods
Charge for the year
Disposals

At 30 June 2019
Charge for the year
Impairment
Disposals

At 30 June 2020

Net book amount
At 30 June 2020
At 30 June 2019
At 1 July 2018

Freehold land 
and buildings 
£m

Leasehold 
improvements 
£m

Note

Fixtures, 
fittings and 
equipment 
£m

Motor 
vehicles 
£m

15

14.4
—
—
1.1
(0.1)

15.4
—
1.5
(0.1)
—

16.8

1.2
 —
0.3
—

1.5
0.3
—
—

1.8

15.0
13.9
13.2

27.5
0.1
—
1.4
(0.2)

28.8
—
2.7
—
(0.1)

31.4

10.3
0.1
2.9
—

13.3
3.4
—
(0.1)

16.6

14.8
15.5
17.2

40.4
1.8
(0.2)
8.8
(0.7)

50.1
0.2
5.9
—
(0.3)

55.9

23.9
0.2
5.6
(0.3)

29.4
6.4
0.3
(0.3)

35.8

20.1
20.7
16.5

2.2
0.1
—
0.6
(0.2)

2.7
—
1.0
—
(0.1)

3.6

1.2
—
0.4
(0.2)

1.4
0.6
—
(0.1)

1.9

1.7
1.3
1.0

Total 
£m

84.5
2.0
(0.2)
11.9
(1.2)

97.0
0.2
11.1
(0.1)
(0.5)

107.7

36.6
0.3
9.2
(0.5)

45.6
10.7
0.3
(0.5)

56.1

51.6
51.4
47.9

Freehold land amounting to £1.2m (2019: £0.2m) has not been depreciated. 

Included within the above classes of asset is £2.2m (2019: £7.1m) of assets under construction.

116 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14. Leases
Group as a lessee 
The majority of the Group’s veterinary practices, specialist referral centres and support offices are leased, with remaining 
lease terms of between 1 and 15 years. The Group also has a number of non-property leases relating to vehicle, equipment 
and material handling equipment, with remaining lease terms of between 1 and 4 years. Additions to right-of-use assets 
include new leases and extensions to existing lease agreements are disclosed as remeasurements.

Right-of-use assets

Group 

Cost
At 1 July 2019
Foreign currency translation
Acquired through business combination
Remeasurement of lease term
Additions

At 30 June 2020

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 July 2019
Charge for the year
Impairment 

At 30 June 2020

Net book value
At 30 June 2020
At 1 July 2019

Property 
£m

Equipment
£m

Motor 
vehicles
£m

105.0
0.1
2.2
1.9
0.4

109.6

—
12.2
1.1

13.3

96.3
105.0

1.1
—
—
—
0.1

1.2

—
0.4
—

0.4

0.8
1.1

1.7
—
—
—
0.2

1.9

—
0.9
—

0.9

1.0
1.7

Total
£m

107.8
0.1
2.2
1.9
0.7

112.7

—
13.5 
1.1

14.6

98.1
107.8

The impairment loss recognised in the period relates to veterinary practices which have closed. In line with IAS 36, the carrying 
value of these right-of-use assets was assessed for indicators of impairment and the planned closure was considered to be 
an indicator of impairment. The right-of-use asset has been written down to its expected recoverable value and costs of £1.1m 
impairment has been charged in the year within exceptional items.

Lease liabilities
The following table shows the discounted lease liabilities included in the Group statement of financial position and a 
maturity analysis of the contractual undiscounted lease payments:

Group

Current
Non-current

Total lease liabilities

Maturity analysis – contractual undiscounted cash flows
Less than one year
Between one and five years
More than five years

Total undiscounted lease payments

2020 
£m

8.8 
89.8

98.6

12.6
48.9
59.8

121.3

2019 
£m

— 
—

—

—
—
—

—

15. Business combinations
Details of business combinations in the year ended 30 June 2020 are set out below, in addition to an analysis of post-acquisition 
performance of the respective business combinations, where practicable. The reason for each acquisition was to expand 
the CVS Group business through acquisitions in meeting our goals outlined on pages 20 and 21.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

117

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15. Business combinations continued
Name of business combination 

Lissenhall Veterinary Hospital (trade and assets)
Dierenkliniek Gooiland B.V. (trade and assets)
Pet Emergency Treatment Services Limited
Pets Holding Limited
Stewart Vets (trade and assets)

Date of acquisition

8 August 2019
19 September 2019
19 November 2019
19 November 2019
10 March 2020

All businesses were acquired via 100% share purchase agreement unless indicated as such in the table above.

Given the nature of the veterinary surgeries acquired and the records maintained by such practices, it is not practicable 
to disclose the revenue or profit/loss of the combined entity for the year as though the acquisition date for all business 
combinations effected during the year had been at the beginning of that year.

The table below summarises the total assets acquired in the year ended 30 June 2020:

Property, plant and equipment
Patient data records and customer lists
Right-of-use assets
Inventory
Deferred tax liability
Trade and other receivables
Provision for impairment of trade receivables
Trade and other payables
Right-of-use liabilities 

Total identifiable assets

Goodwill

Total initial consideration paid (net of cash acquired of £0.3m)

Book value of 
acquired 
assets 
£m

Adjustments 
£m

Fair value 
£m

0.2
—
2.2
0.1
—
0.8
(0.1)
(0.5)
(2.2)

0.5

—
2.9
—
—
(0.5)
—
—
—
—

2.4

4.3

0.2
2.9
2.2
0.1
(0.5)
0.8
(0.1)
(0.5)
(2.2)

2.9

4.3

7.2

Note

13
12
14

24

12

Goodwill recognised represents the excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of the identifiable net assets. 
Goodwill reflects the synergies arising from the combination of the businesses; this includes cost synergies arising from 
shared support functions and buying power synergies. Goodwill includes the recognition of deferred tax in respect of the 
acquired patient data records and customer lists.

Post-acquisition revenue and post-acquisition adjusted EBITDA were £4.3m and £0.8m respectively. The post-acquisition 
period is from the date of acquisition to 30 June 2020. Post-acquisition EBITDA represents the direct operating result of 
practices from the date of acquisition to 30 June 2020 prior to the allocation of central overheads, on the basis that it is not 
practicable to allocate these.

Goodwill and intangible assets recognised in the year relating to business combinations are not expected to be deductible 
for tax purposes.

The acquisition costs incurred in relation to the above business combinations amounted to £0.5m for the year and are 
included within other expenses in note 6 of the financial statements.

The Directors do not consider that any individual in-year acquisition to be material to the Group and therefore have not 
separately disclosed these.

118 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15. Business combinations continued
Business combinations in previous years
Details of business combinations in the comparative year are presented in the consolidated financial statements 
for the year ended 30 June 2019.

Business combinations subsequent to the year end
Subsequent to the year end, the Group has made no acquisitions. 

16. Investments
a) Available-for-sale financial assets
Available-for-sale financial assets, which are denominated in Sterling, consist of an investment in managed investment funds.

The Group holds an investment in managed investment funds which have a quoted market price in an active market and are 
accordingly measured at fair value. Gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value are recognised directly in equity 
until the security is disposed of or deemed to be impaired.

b) Shares in subsidiary undertakings
Company

Cost and net book amount
At 1 July 2018
Options granted to employees of subsidiary undertakings

At 30 June 2019
Options granted to employees of subsidiary undertakings

At 30 June 2020

Note

£m

11

11

68.4
0.1

68.5
0.9

69.4

The principal subsidiary undertakings of CVS Group plc are set out in note 1.

17. Derivative financial instruments
Derivatives are used for hedging in the management of exposure to market risks. This enables the optimisation of the overall 
cost of accessing debt capital markets, and the mitigation of the market risk which would otherwise arise from movements 
in interest rates.

The ineffective element of cash flow hedges in 2020 was immaterial (2019: £nil).

Cash flow hedges
On 28 February 2020, the Group entered into an interest rate swap arrangement limiting the Group’s exposure to interest 
rate increases. At 30 June 2020 £70.0m of debt was hedged (2019: £35.0m); the remainder of the debt was unhedged 
at the year end.

The Group is exposed to GBP LIBOR within a fair value hedge accounting relationship, which is subject to interest rate 
benchmark reform.

The Group has closely monitored the market and the output from the various industry working groups managing the 
transition to new benchmark interest rates. This includes announcements made by LIBOR regulators (including the Financial 
Conduct Authority (FCA)) regarding the transition away from GBP LIBOR to the Sterling Overnight Index Average Rate (SONIA). 
The FCA has made clear that, at the end of 2021, it will no longer seek to persuade, or compel, banks to submit to LIBOR.

In response to the announcements, the Group has identified where LIBOR exposures are within the business and will 
prepare and deliver an action plan to enable the smooth transition to alternative benchmark rates.

For the Group’s derivative, the International Swaps and Derivatives Association’s 9ISDA) fall-back clauses were made 
available at the end of 2019 and the Group will begin discussions with its banks with the aim of implementing this language 
into its ISDA agreements.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

119

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
17. Derivative financial instruments continued
Cash flow hedges continued
Below are details of the hedging instruments and hedged items in scope of the IFRS 9 amendments due to interest rate 
benchmark reform. The terms of the hedged items listed match those of the corresponding hedging instruments.

Hedge type

Instrument type

Cash flow hedge

Receive one-month GBP 
LIBOR, pay sterling fixed 
interest rate swaps

Maturing in

2024

Nominal

£70.0m

Hedged item

Sterling fixed rate 
issued debt of the 
same maturity and 
nominal of the swap

The Group will continue to apply the amendments to IFRS 9 until the uncertainty arising from the interest rate benchmark 
reforms that the Group is exposed to ends. The Group has assumed that this uncertainty will not end until the Group’s 
contracts that reference LIBORs are amended to specify the date on which the interest rate benchmark will be replaced, 
the alternative benchmark rate and the relevant spread adjustment. This will, in part, be dependant on the introduction of 
fall-back clauses which have yet to be added to the Group’s contracts and the negotiation with lenders.

The Group classifies its interest rate swap arrangement as a cash flow hedge and utilises hedge accounting to minimise 
income statement volatility in relation to movements in the value of the swap arrangement.

The fair values of the Group’s interest rate derivatives are established using valuation techniques, primarily discounted cash 
flows, based on assumptions that are supported by observable market prices or rates.

The fair values of derivative financial instruments have been disclosed in the Group consolidated and Company statement 
of financial position as follows:

Group

Non-current
Interest rate swap arrangements – cash flow hedges

Movements in fair values

Group

Fair value at 1 July 2018
Fair value loss through reserves – hedged

At 30 June 2019
Fair value loss through reserves – brought forward
Fair value loss through reserves – hedged

At 30 June 2020

2020

2019

Assets 
£m

Liabilities 
£m

Assets 
£m

Liabilities 
£m

—

(0.9)

0.1

—

Interest
rate swap
arrangements 
£m

0.2
(0.1)

0.1
(0.1)
(0.9)

(0.9)

The cash flow hedge reserve represents the cumulative amount of gains and losses on hedging instruments deemed 
effective in cash flow hedges. The cumulative deferred gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognised in profit or loss 
only when the hedged transaction impacts the profit or loss, or is included directly in the initial cost or other carrying 
amount of the hedged non-financial items.

The cost of hedging reserve includes the effects of the changes in fair value of the time value of option when only the 
intrinsic value of the option is designated as the hedging instrument.

The changes in fair value of the time value of an option in relation to a transaction-related hedged item accumulated in the 
cost of hedging reserve, are reclassified to profit or loss only when the hedged transaction affects profit or loss, or included 
as a basis adjustment to the non-financial hedged item. The changes in fair value of the time value of an option in relation to 
a time-period related hedged item accumulated in the cash flow hedging reserve, are amortised to profit or loss on a 
rational basis over the term of the hedging relationship.

120 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2020 
 
 
 
 
18. Financial instruments

Group – assets as per consolidated and 
Company statement of financial position

Note

Available-for-sale financial assets
Trade and other receivables 
(excluding prepayments)
Cash and cash equivalents
Derivative financial instruments

20

17

2020

2019

Derivative
instruments
in designated
hedge
accounting
relationships
£m 

Loans and 
receivables 
£m

Available 
for sale 
£m

—

—
—
—

—

—

35.4
21.5
—

56.9

0.1

—
—
—

0.1

Derivative 
instruments 
in designated 
hedge 
accounting 
relationships 
£m

Loans and 
receivables 
£m

Available 
for sale 
£m

—

—
—
0.1

0.1

—

42.3
12.5
—

54.8

0.1

—
—
—

0.1

Total 
£m

0.1

35.4
21.5
—

57.0

Company – assets as per consolidated  
and Company statement of financial position

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Loans and 
receivables 
£m

81.6

2020

Available 
for sale 
£m

—

Total 
£m

81.6

Loans and 
receivables 
£m

85.8

2019*

Available 
for sale 
£m

—

*  Further details of prior year restatement are shown in note 35.

 2020

2019

Group – liabilities as per consolidated  
and Company statement of financial position

Borrowings
Trade and other payables (excluding 
social security and other taxes)
Right-of-use liabilities
Derivative financial instruments

Derivative 
instruments 
in designated 
hedge 
accounting 
relationships 
£m

—

—
—
(0.9)

(0.9)

Note

23

21
14
17

Other 
financial 
liabilities 
£m

(83.6)

(59.4)
(98.6)
—

Total 
£m

(83.6)

(59.4)
(98.6)
(0.9)

(241.6)

(242.5)

Derivative 
instruments 
in designated 
hedge 
accounting 
relationships 
£m

—

—
—
—

—

Other 
financial 
liabilities 
£m

(114.5)

(60.5)
—
—

Total 
£m

0.1

42.3
12.5
0.1

55.0

Total 
£m

85.8

Total 
£m

(114.5)

(60.5)
—
—

(175.0)

(175.0)

19. Inventories
All inventories are goods held for resale. The Directors do not consider the difference between the purchase price 
of inventories and their replacement cost to be material.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

121

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables:

Within their due period
  Past due (between one and six months old): 
  Not impaired
  Fully impaired

Total trade receivables
Less: provision for impairment of receivables

Trade receivables – net
Other receivables
Prepayments
Accrued income

Group 
2020 
£m

17.4

5.6
6.9

29.9
(6.9)

23.0 
6.4
8.0
6.0

43.4

Group 
2019
£m

Company 
2020 
£m

As restated *
Company 
2019 
£m

19.3

7.5
5.0

31.8
(5.0)

26.8
7.0
9.3
8.5

51.6

—

—
—

—
—

— 
—
—
—

—

—

—
—

—
—

—
—
—
—

—

*  Further details of prior year restatements are shown in note 35.

Group
The carrying amount of trade and other receivables is deemed to be a reasonable approximation to fair value. The maximum 
exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the fair value of each class of receivable above. The Group does not hold any 
collateral as security. The Group’s trade and other receivables are denominated in Sterling.

A provision for impairment is established based on credit risk. The amount of the provision was £6.9m (2019: £5.0m). 
Movements on the Group’s provision for impairment of trade receivables are as follows:

At the beginning of the year
Charged to the income statement within administrative expenses
Utilisation of the provision during the year

At the end of the year

Other receivables do not contain impaired assets.

2020
£m

5.0
2.5
(0.6)

6.9

2019
£m

5.2
0.8
(1.0)

5.0

At 30 June 2020 there is a contract asset recorded in accrued income relating to the HPC contract of £6.0m (2019: £8.5m) 
relating to customer loyalty schemes, including Healthy Pet Club (“HPC”) scheme. The contract asset arises from customers 
having received consultations and treatments, which are weighted towards the beginning of the twelve month scheme, in 
advance of cash payments, as detailed more fully in note 2.

Due to COVID-19 and the emergency treatment restrictions put in place, some routine treatments for our HPC members 
were delayed. As a result £6.4m (2019: £nil) of income relating to delayed services has been deferred until the treatment 
can take place. The amount of income accrued as a contract assets is £6.0m and has been included within trade and other 
receivables and the amount of income deferred as a contract liability is £3.3m and has been included in trade and other 
payables (see note 21).

Company
Amounts owed by Group undertakings of £81.6m (2019: £85.8m) are included in non-current assets. These are unsecured 
and interest free and have no fixed date of repayment. In the prior year, these were restated as non-current assets which is 
explained further in note 35. 

122 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company

2020 
£m

2019 
£m

—
—
—
—
—

—

—
—
—
—
—

—

2019 
£m

— 
—

—

21. Trade and other payables 

Current
Trade payables
Social security and other taxes
Other payables
Deferred income
Accruals

22. Provisions

Group

2020 
£m

39.4
28.3
5.1
3.3
11.6

87.7

2019 
£m

42.2
13.2
2.5
—
15.8

73.7

At the beginning of the year
Charged to the income statement within exceptional items

At the end of the year

Group

Company

2020 
£m

— 
5.0

5.0

2019 
£m

— 
—

—

2020 
£m

— 
—

—

Provisions relate to announced site closures during the year of £1.6m and costs set aside for properties of £3.4m and 
therefore satisfy the criteria under IAS 37. The announced site closures includes amounts charge to the income statement 
comprising of £1.5m for dilapidation costs and £0.1m for redundancies.

23. Borrowings
Borrowings comprise bank loans and hire purchase agreements and are denominated in Sterling. The repayment profile 
is as follows:

Group

Within one year or on demand
Between one and two years
After more than two years

2020 
£m

0.1
—
83.5

83.6

2019 
£m

0.3
—
114.2

114.5

The balances above are shown net of issue costs of £1.5m (2019: £0.8m), which are being amortised over the term 
of the bank loans. The carrying amount of borrowings is deemed to be a reasonable approximation to fair value.

The Group renewed and extended its bank facilities in January 2020. The Group has reduced the total facilities from 
£190.0m to £170.0m, a reduction of £20.0m, to reflect the continued focus and greater emphasis on organic growth and 
strong operating cash generation of the Group. These facilities are provided by a syndicate of four banks, NatWest, HSBC, 
BOI and AIB, and comprise the following elements:

 > a fixed term loan of £85.0m, repayable on 31 January 2024 via a single bullet repayment; and

 > a four-year revolving credit facility (“RCF”) of £85.0m that runs to 31 January 2024. 

In addition, the Group has a £5.0m overdraft facility renewable annually.

The two financial covenants associated with these facilities have remained unchanged, and are based on Group borrowings 
to EBITDA and Group EBITDA to interest. The Group borrowings to EBITDA ratio must not exceed 3.25x. The Group EBITDA 
to interest ratio must not be less than 4.5x. The facilities require cross guarantees from the most significant of CVS Group’s 
trading subsidiaries but are not secured on the assets of the Group. EBITDA is based on the last twelve months’ performance 
adjusted for the full year impact of acquisitions made during the period.

Bank covenants are tested quarterly and the Group has considerate headroom in both financial covenants and in its 
undrawn but committed facilities as at 30 June 2020.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

123

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23. Borrowings continued
Interest rate risk is also managed centrally and derivative instruments are used to mitigate this risk. On 28 February 2020, the 
Group entered into a four-year interest rate fixed swap arrangement to hedge fluctuations in interest rates on £70.0m of its term loan. 

At the consolidated and Company statement of financial position date £70.0m of the term loan was hedged using an 
interest rate swap. The remainder of the debt is not hedged.

Undrawn committed borrowing facilities
At 30 June 2020 the Group has a committed overdraft facility of £5.0m (2019: £5.0m) and an RCF of £85.0m (2019: £95.0m). 
The overdraft facility was undrawn at 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2019. £85.0m of the RCF was undrawn at 30 June 2020 (2019: £75.0m).

24. Deferred income tax
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset where the Group has a legally enforceable right to do so. Deferred tax balances 
are calculated using tax rates expected to apply in the period when the liability or asset is expected to be realised based 
on rates enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date. 

Deferred income tax assets comprised:

Group

Tax effect of temporary differences:
  Share-based payments
  Accelerated tax depreciation
  Derivative financial instruments
  Other

2020 
£m

0.2
0.6
0.2
0.1

1.1

2019 
£m

0.2
—
—
—

0.2

The Group’s deferred tax assets have been recognised based on historical performance and future budgets. The Directors 
believe that it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable profits against which the assets will reverse.

Deferred income tax liabilities comprise the excess of carrying value over the tax base.

Group

Tax effect of temporary differences:
  Excess of qualifying amortisation and intangible fixed assets acquired via a business combination
  Accelerated tax depreciation

2020 
£m

21.5
—

21.5

2019 
£m

21.8
(0.6)

21.2

The movement in the net deferred tax assets and liabilities are explained as follows:

Group

Share-based payments
Derivative financial instruments
Other temporary differences
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets and fixed assets acquired 
on a business combination

(Charged)/
credited 
to income 
statement
£m

Deferred tax 
gross up on
 acquisitions 
£m

Credited to
other
comprehensive
income
£m

Credited to 
statement of 
changes in 
equity 
£m

(0.1)
—
0.1
—

0.8

0.8

—
—
—
—

(0.5)

(0.5)

—
0.2
—
—

—

0.2

0.1
—
—
—

—

0.1

At 1 July 
2019
£m

0.2
—
—
0.6

(21.8)

(21.0)

At 30 June 
2020 
£m

0.2
0.2
0.1
0.6

(21.5)

(20.4)

124 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
24. Deferred income tax continued

Group

Share-based payments
Unutilised tax losses carried forward
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets and fixed assets acquired 
on a business combination

The deferred tax balance is non-current.

(Charged)/
credited 
to income 
statement
£m

Deferred tax 
gross up on
 acquisitions 
£m

Credited to other
comprehensive
income or
statement of 
changes in 
equity 
£m

(0.2)
(0.1)
0.9

4.0

4.6

—
—
—

(6.3)

(6.3)

(0.1)
—
—

—

(0.1)

At 1 July 
2018
£m

0.5
0.1
(0.3)

(19.5)

(19.2)

At 30 June 
2019 
£m

0.2
—
0.6

(21.8)

(21.0)

The Group has carried forward unutilised tax losses of £1.1m (2019: £1.2m) that are available indefinitely for offsetting against 
future taxable profits of the companies in which the losses arose. A deferred tax asset has not been recognised in respect 
of these losses as it is not probable that sufficient future taxable profits will arise against which the asset will reverse.

No deferred tax is recognised on the unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries. As the earnings are continually reinvested 
by the Group and there is no intention for these entities to pay dividends, no tax is expected to be payable on them in the 
foreseeable future.

25. Share capital

Issued and fully paid
70,654,959 (2019: 70,635,940) Ordinary shares of 0.2p each

2020 
£m

0.1

2019 
£m

0.1

During the year, 19,019 shares were issued for consideration of £101,942 in respect of SAYE9. 

Details of shares under option are provided in note 11 to the financial statements.

The authorised share capital of the Company is 352,000,000 Ordinary shares of 0.2p each.

Dividends
The Directors have proposed a final dividend of £nil (2019: 5.5p) per share, giving a total of £nil (2019: £3.9m). During the year 
a dividend of 5.5p per share amounting to £3.9m was paid (2019: £3.5m).

EBT own shares
The Group operates an EBT which holds 24,279 shares (2019: 195,000 shares). These were bought at open market value 
for £2.1m in 2017.

26. Revaluation reserve
The revaluation reserve is used to record any surplus following a revaluation of property, plant and equipment. The revaluation 
reserve arose on the revaluation of a property in the subsidiary undertaking Precision Histology International Limited. 
The revaluation reserve is not a distributable reserve until realised.

27. Share premium
In the 2017 financial year the Group established an Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) for the purposes of satisfying the exercise 
of certain share options vesting under the Group’s LTIP and SAYE schemes. The Group has accounted for the purchase of 
the shares held by the EBT as treasury shares and has deducted these from reserves. These treasury shares have been 
reallocated to a separate reserve in the current year. 

During the year, the Group sold 56,350 shares to satisfy shares vesting under LTIP10. The Group sold 114,371 shares to satisfy 
shares vesting under SAYE schemes for proceeds of £903,531.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

125

Financial Statements 
 
 
28. Analysis of movement in liabilities from financing activities

Group

Right-of-use lease liabilities
Borrowings
Bank Loans

Total liabilities from financing activities 

At 1 July 
2019 
£m

—
(0.3)
(114.2)

(114.5)

Liabilities on 
adoption and 
new leases
£m

Cash flow 
£m

Non-cash 
movement 
£m

At 30 June 
2020 
£m

18.3
0.2
31.7

50.2

(112.8)
—
—

(112.8)

(4.1)
—
(1.0)

(5.1)

(98.6)
(0.1)
(83.5)

(182.2)

Non-cash movements comprise amortisation of issue costs on bank loans, liabilities recognised on adoption of IFRS 16 and 
on new leases in the year, bank debt acquired and transfers between categories of borrowings. Cash and cash equivalents 
comprise cash at bank and in hand.

29. Cash flow generated from operations

Profit/(loss) for the year
Taxation
Total finance costs
Amortisation of intangible assets
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets
Increase in inventories
Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables
Increase in trade and other payables
Increase in provisions
Share option expense
Exceptional items

Total net cash flow generated from operations

30. Guarantees and other financial commitments
Capital commitments
The Group had no capital commitments as at 30 June 2020 (2019: £nil).

Group

Company

2020 
£m

5.7
4.2
8.6
22.2
24.2
(1.4)
8.5
11.5
5.0
0.9
5.4

94.8

2019
£m

8.2
3.5
3.9
22.2
9.2
(1.0)
(3.6)
9.6
—
0.1
—

52.1

2020 
£m

(0.4)
—
—
—
—
—
4.3
—
—
—
—

3.9

2019
£m

(0.4)
—
—
—
—
—
3.3
—
—
—
—

2.9

Bank guarantees
The Company is a member of the Group banking arrangement, under which it is party to unlimited cross guarantees in respect 
of the banking facilities of other Group undertakings, amounting to £175.0m at 30 June 2020. The Directors do not expect 
any material loss to the Company to arise in respect of the guarantees.

Contingent liabilities
A letter of support has been provided to certain subsidiaries indicating the intention of the Company to support them, 
if required, for a period of a minimum of twelve months from the date of signing their financial statements.

126 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2020 
 
31. Operating lease commitments 
The Group as a lessee 
Disclosure required by IAS 17
The future aggregate minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

2019

Not later than one year
Later than one year and not later than five years
Later than five years

Total 

Property
£m

12.3
27.8
14.3

54.4

Plant and
machinery
£m

1.3
2.1
0.1

3.5

Total
£m

13.6
29.9
14.4

57.9

Operating lease commitments primarily represent rentals payable by the Group in respect of its veterinary practices 
and office premises. 

32. Pension schemes
The Group contributes to certain employees’ personal pension schemes in accordance with their service contracts. The 
amounts are charged to the income statement as they fall due. The amounts charged during the year amounted to £4.5m 
(2019: £3.3m). The amount outstanding at the end of the year included in trade and other payables was £0.8m (2019: £0.8m).

33. Related party transactions
Directors’ and key management’s compensation is disclosed in note 8.

Company
During the year the Company had the following transactions with CVS (UK) Limited:

Recharge of expenses incurred by CVS (UK) Limited on behalf of the Company
Cash advanced to fund payment of dividend

The following balances were owed by related companies:

2020
£m

(0.4)
(3.9)

2019
£m

(0.4)
(3.5)

CVS (UK) Limited

2020

2019

Receivable
£m

81.6

Payable
£m

—

Receivable
£m

85.8

Payable
£m

—

Amounts owed by CVS (UK) Limited are unsecured and interest free and have no fixed date of repayment.

Transactions with Directors and key management
Annual market-based rent payable to the spouse of S Innes for the rental of premises amounts to £nil (2019: £0.1m), of which 
£nil (2019: £0.1m) was paid in the year.

During the year the following dividends were paid to the Directors: R Connell – £3,954, D Kemp – £361, M McCollum – £2,127, 
R Fairman – £80 and B Jacklin – £40. Dividends were also paid to the spouse of R Fairman of £550.

Ultimate controlling party
The Directors consider there is no ultimate controlling party.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

127

Financial Statements 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

34. Transition to IFRS 16
The application of IFRS 16 to leases previously classified as operating leases under IAS 17 resulted in the recognition 
of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities.

The Group has chosen to use the table below to set out the adjustments recognised at the date of initial application of IFRS 16.

The impact on the consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 June 2019 is as follows:

As previously
reported
at 30 June
2019
 (excluding IFRS
16 adjustment)
£m

IFRS 16
adjustment
£m

As restated
1 July
2019
£m

244.5
51.4
—
0.1
0.2
0.1

296.3

17.0
51.6
12.5

81.1

—
—
107.8
—
—
—

107.8

—
(2.0)
—

(2.0)

244.5
51.4
107.8
0.1
0.2
0.1

404.1

17.0
49.6
12.5

79.1

377.4

105.8

483.2

(73.7)
—
(4.9)
(0.3)

(78.9)

(114.2)
—
(21.2)

(135.4)

(214.3)

163.1

0.1
99.7
0.6
0.1
(61.4)
124.0

163.1

—
(9.3)
—
—

(9.3)

—
(96.5)
—

(96.5)

(105.8)

—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—

(73.7)
(9.3)
(4.9)
(0.3)

(88.2)

(114.2)
(96.5)
(21.2)

(231.9)

(320.1)

163.1

0.1
99.7
0.6
0.1
(61.4)
124.0

163.1

Non-current assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Investments
Deferred income tax assets
Derivative financial instruments

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities
Current income tax liabilities
Borrowings

Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Lease liabilities
Deferred income tax liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Shareholders’ equity
Share capital
Share premium
Capital redemption reserve
Revaluation reserve
Merger reserve
Retained earnings

Total equity

128 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
34. Transition to IFRS 16 continued
In terms of the impact on the consolidated income statement, the application of IFRS 16 resulted in a decrease in other 
operating expenses and an increase in depreciation and interest expense compared with IAS 17. During the financial year 
ended 30 June 2020, in relation to leases under IFRS 16, the Group recognised the following amounts in the consolidated 
income statement:

Year ended 
30 June 2020
 (excluding 
IFRS 16
 adjustment)
£m 

Year ended 
30 June 2020
 (including 
IFRS 16 
adjustment)
£m

IFRS 16
 adjustment
£m

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Administrative expenses

Operating profit
Finance expense

Profit before income tax
Income tax expense

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the parent

Non-GAAP measure: adjusted EBITDA
Earnings per Ordinary share (expressed in pence per share) (“EPS”)
Basic
Diluted

Non-GAAP measure: adjusted Earnings per Ordinary share 
Basic
Diluted

427.8
(257.7)

170.1
(153.9)

16.2
(4.5)

11.7
(4.6)

7.1

55.3

10.0
10.0

44.1
44.0

—
—

—
2.3

2.3
(4.1)

(1.8)
0.4

(1.4)

15.7

(1.9)
(1.9)

(2.1)
(2.1)

Operating lease commitments at 30 June 2019 as disclosed in the Group’s consolidated financial statements:

Operating lease commitments disclosed under IAS 17 at 30 June 2019
Remeasurement of lease term
Effect of discounting

Lease liabilities recognised at 1 July 2019

Disclosed as:
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities 

427.8
(257.7)

170.1
(151.6)

18.5
(8.6)

9.9
(4.2)

5.7

71.0

8.1
8.1

42.0
41.9

£m

57.9
71.0
(23.1)

105.8

9.3
96.5

105.8

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

129

Financial StatementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

35. Prior year restatement
Following a review by the Financial Reporting Council, it was identified that amounts owed by Group undertakings of £85.8m 
(2018: £89.1m) had previously been presented within current assets, but should have been presented within non-current assets. 
Although the amounts were repayable on demand, there was no expectation that they would be repaid within twelve months 
and, therefore, they did not meet the criteria to be reclassified as current assets. The prior period Company financial statements 
have been restated to show these balances within non-current assets. 

The Financial Reporting Council’s review does not benefit from detailed knowledge of our business or an understanding 
of the underlying transactions entered into and therefore provides no assurance that the Annual Report is correct in all 
material respects.

130 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

Five-year history – unaudited
for the year ended 30 June 2020

Revenue

Gross profit

Operating profit
Finance expense

Profit before tax
Income tax expense

Profit for the year

EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted profit before income tax

Cash generated from operations
Capital expenditure
Repayment of obligations under right-of-use assets
Acquisitions
Loans and borrowings acquired through business 
combinations
Taxation paid
Interest paid
Amortisation of debt issue costs
Proceeds from Ordinary shares
Proceeds from treasury shares
Purchase of own shares
Exceptional items
Dividends paid

Reduction/(increase) in net debt

Year-end net debt

Basic earnings per share
Adjusted basic earnings per share

2020
£m

427.8

170.1

18.5
(8.6)

9.9
(4.2)

5.7

71.0
38.2

94.8
(12.4)
(14.2)
(7.2)

—
(9.5)
(7.0)
(1.0)
0.1
0.9
—
(0.7)
(3.9)

39.9

62.1

Pence

8.1
42.0

2019
£m

406.5

168.9

15.6
(3.9)

11.7
(3.5)

8.2

54.5
41.4

52.1
(12.9)
—
(56.6)

(1.5)
(7.3)
(3.4)
(0.5)
0.6
—
—
—
(3.5)

(33.0)

102.0

Pence

11.6
46.7

2018
£m

327.3

151.6

17.7
(3.6)

14.1
(3.4)

10.7

47.6
36.0

46.7
(10.7)
—
(50.3)

(3.1)
(6.2)
(3.1)
(0.4)
61.0
—
—
—
(2.9)

31.0

69.0

Pence

16.0
42.4

2017
£m

271.8

124.5

17.2
(2.7)

14.5
(3.0)

11.5

42.1
33.5

37.2
(13.8)
—
(46.9)

(1.5)
(5.4)
(2.1)
(0.8)
30.6
—
(2.1)
—
(2.1)

(6.9)

100.0

Pence

18.5
42.8

2016
£m

218.1

105.9

11.8
(2.7)

9.1
(2.1)

7.0

32.8
24.9

33.6
(11.5)
—
(53.5)

(7.8)
(3.3)
(2.4)
(0.4)
0.2
—
—
—
(1.8)

(46.9)

93.1

Pence

11.6
32.4

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

131

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contact details and advisors

Registered office
CVS House  
1 Owen Road  
Diss  
Norfolk 
IP22 4ER

Nominated advisor and broker 
N+1 Singer
One Bartholomew Lane  
London 
EC2N 2AX

Company Secretary
J Dearlove

Bankers
NatWest Bank Plc 
Gentleman’s Walk  
Norwich 
NR2 1NA

HSBC Bank Plc 
8 Canada Square  
London 
E14 5HQ

Bank of Ireland Group plc
40 Mespil Road 
Dublin 4 
Republic of Ireland

Allied Irish Banks plc
10 Molesworth Street 
Dublin 2 
Republic of Ireland

Rabobank
Willemskade 1 
8011 AC Zwolle  
Netherlands

Ulster Bank Limited 
33 Eyre Square  
Galway 
H91 HY96 
Republic of Ireland

Independent auditor
Deloitte LLP
1 Station Square  
Cambridge 
CB1 2GA

Legal advisors
Blake Morgan LLP
New Kings Court, Tollgate  
Eastleigh 
Hampshire  
SO53 3LG

Leathes Prior 
74 The Close  
Norwich 
NR1 4DR

DLA Piper UK LLP 
Victoria Square House  
Victoria Square  
Birmingham 
B2 4DL

Eversheds Sutherland
115 Colmore Row 
Birmingham 
B3 3AL

132 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020

CVS’s commitment to environmental issues is reflected in this Annual Report, 

which has been printed on GalerieArt Silk, an FSC® certified material.

This document was printed by CPI Group using its environmental print 

technology, which minimises the impact of printing on the environment, 

with 99% of dry waste diverted from landfill. Both the printer and the 

paper mill are registered to ISO 14001.

CVS Group PLC
1 Owen Rd, Diss
IP22 4ER

01379 644288

Company No. 06312831